Quarterlytics / Industrials / Integrated Freight & Logistics / Pitney Bowes

Pitney Bowes

pbi · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pbi
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Integrated Freight & Logistics
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Pitney Bowes
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

1

Pitney Bowes – 
 An Essential 
Enterprise

Annual Report 2021

 
 
Pitney Bowes has emerged from a long, patient and 
purposeful transformation as a global force in shipping as 
well as mailing. Recognized as a leader, with a century of 
experience behind us, we continue our trajectory now 
focused on delivering high performance.

Pitney Bowes has been recognized by J.D. Power for providing “An Outstanding 
Customer Service Experience” for its Technology Service & Support Program.

J.D. Power 2021 Certified Technology Service & Support Program, developed in conjunction with TSIA. Based on successful completion of an audit and exceeding 

a customer satisfaction benchmark for Technology Service and Support operations. For more information, visit http://www.jdpower.com or www.tsia.com.

Marc B. Lautenbach
President and  
Chief Executive Officer

Fellow shareholders:

Our market and our economy continued to present unprecedented opportunities  

and challenges in 2021. We were clear at the outset of the pandemic that it was our 

intent to come out of this tumultuous period better than when we entered. I think  

it’s safe to say we all thought this crisis would come to an end sooner than it has,  

and with perhaps fewer peaks and valleys. But, true to our history, our Company has 

proven resilient in addressing these rapid changes and is on the right trajectory to  

be in a much better place when we get to the other side of this pandemic.

Even before the outset of the pandemic, I have been saying that the last chapter of a successful 

transformation is to grow revenue and profit. In 2021, we made a step forward — increasing 

revenue and earnings per share. For sure, more to do. 

Two key indicators for longer-term success, client satisfaction and employee engagement,  

affirmed we are on the right path. Client satisfaction in all of our businesses was on an improved 

trajectory as we exited the year.  

And, even though pundits and consultants have asserted it is very difficult — if not impossible —  

to drive employee engagement and cultural change in this current environment, our most recent 

employee engagement scores were at record highs in 2021. Our cultural change measurements 

compared favorably with other high-performance companies, and our diversity and inclusion 

measures were best of class. These achievements did not go unnoticed: Pitney Bowes was  

1

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021Letter to Shareholders

recognized on Forbes’ lists of World’s Best Employers, 

T H E   P OW E R   O F   O U R   P L AT F O R M S

America’s Best Employers for Diversity and America’s 

Best Employers for Women, plus the Human Rights 

Campaign’s Best Places to Work for LGBTQ+ Equality 

and The Wall Street Journal Management Top 250  

Best Managed Companies in America, among others. 

We also maintain our commitment to achieving 

environmental sustainability with a target of carbon 

neutrality by 2040, and were recognized with a 2021 

Climate Leadership Award for Excellence in Greenhouse 

Gas Management (Goal Achievement Award).

As proud as we are of the achievements of today,  

they build on the Company’s long-standing legacy 

from as far back as the 1940s when, led by the 

visionary Walter Wheeler, we were already addressing 

equal opportunity, equal pay or even just treating 

people the right way. 

Our long-standing businesses — Presort Services, 

Sending Technology Solutions (SendTech) and 

Financial Services — had terrific years in 2021.  

In aggregate, these businesses grew revenue and 

profit for the year. Not that long ago, conventional 

wisdom characterized these businesses as melting 

icebergs — meaning the best that could be hoped for 

was to slow down an inexorable process. But last year 

was clear proof that these businesses are participating 

fully in the transformation of Pitney Bowes, with  

each creating a bright future in its own right. 

2021 Business Performance Highlights

In 2021, our revenue was $3.7 billion, which was 

growth of 3 percent over the prior year and was  

also our fifth consecutive year of constant currency 

revenue growth. We generated very healthy levels  

of free cash flow despite a material increase in  

capital investment across the portfolio — which are 

generating gains in productivity. And, our customer 

2

These platforms deliver higher-quality  
service for our clients, create a strong set of 
capabilities available in many of our products 
and solutions, and lower the cost of 
management, improving our profitability. 

In SendTech, the new Shipping 360™ platform 
has created success with customization that 
delivers unique capabilities to clients through 
simple configurations instead of lengthy 
development cycles. 2021 showed us what’s 
possible: Powered by a new, cloud-based rules 
engine, Shipping 360 enabled one of the 
largest health-care/pharmaceutical companies 
to send nearly 100,000 packages per day  
from its 9,000 stores to serve its customers’ 
critical pharmaceutical needs.

The Shipping 360 platform also integrates our 
ParcelPoint™ Smart Locker solution, which in 
2021 enabled smoother transitions back to  
the office for one of the world’s largest 
financial institutions, and provided one of the 
largest retailers on the planet the ability to 
offer more value for their consumers to ship 
from stores using parcel lockers. 

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021satisfaction continued to improve in 2021, which is  

Presort continued with its year-over-year operational 

a vital indicator of future success.

improvements plus further penetration into the 

•   SendTech equipment sales were up by 11 percent 

for the year

•   Presort Services grew revenue by 10 percent  

and processed a total of 17.1 billion mail pieces

marketing mail segment of mail sortation. We began 

applying data science to mail sortation to further 

improve Presort margins. We also have the capability 

to automatically create highly optimal sort plans that 

enable us to respond more quickly to client needs  

•   New Global Ecommerce sites opened in Dallas, 

and changes in the business. Presort also launched  

Boston, Stockton and Columbus with state-of-the-

a state-of-the-art, cloud-based system that allows 

art automation that has enhanced our logistics 

clients to monitor their activity, see their mailing 

management in key parts of our network

performance, track their spending and understand 

•   Cash and short-term investments ended the year  

the savings presort discounts have provided.

at $747 million

Our Global Ecommerce business made important 

•   Debt was reduced by $241 million and we extended 

steps to build and improve its capabilities — with 

our maturity profile

•   Shipping-related revenues represented 50 percent 

of total revenue

•   Global Ecommerce revenue was $1.7 billion and 

grew by 5 percent over the prior year — growth  

of 48 percent versus 2019

•   SG&A for 2021 improved nearly 200 basis points 

over the prior year

In SendTech, we continued to build out our shipping 

capabilities for both small businesses and large 

enterprises with new hardware and software 

offerings. Over the past several years, we have 

updated and upgraded our SendTech offerings. 

Clients want integrated mailing, shipping, digital and 

mobile solutions, and data and analytics to help make 

better business decisions, and more options to deliver 

packages to their customers. The value for clients  

and impact for the business is clear. In the US, 

revenue from new SendTech products is above the 

benchmark for high-performing companies. Financial 

Services expanded its offerings, with a particular 

focus on adding capabilities for the shipping market. 

significant investments in physical infrastructure, 

automation, transportation and, importantly, our 

team. The results were marked improvements in our 

client satisfaction and service levels. Automation, data 

intelligence, and improvements in employee tools and 

experiences have enabled us to increase our capacity 

and deliver to client expectations. We have been able 

to rapidly integrate with new automation systems, and 

have significantly expanded our ability to both drive 

insights using data and transition to cloud-based 

warehousing and parcel processing technologies.

The global pandemic, combined with client supply 

chain issues, presented short-term challenges, 

particularly in the fourth quarter. However, we  

expect these issues to be short-lived. Global 

Ecommerce shipping is a robust opportunity in a 

market where Pitney Bowes has a clear right to win. 

That belief in the long term drove our decisions to 

invest in client satisfaction and capacity to handle 

peak demand. Our bias in these moments is a bias 

toward the long term. Our brand plays well in the 

ecommerce market. We also know that our 

3

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021Letter to Shareholders

M E A N I N G F U L   I N S I G H T S

Within the Pitney Bowes BOXtools suite of insights, BOXscore™, 
our mystery shopping program, has amassed thousands of 
shops across US retailers to automatically benchmark brands’ 
order experiences. BOXpoll™,  our weekly consumer survey on 
current events, culture and ecommerce logistics, has had its 
findings shared in many industry publications. Both data sets 
are used by our consultative team to help clients and prospects 
accelerate their business.

experience building our Presort business provides 

once again, how proud I am of the team and the 

a clear blueprint for success.  

incredible work done over the past two years to fulfill 

So, while 2021 tested us all, I would characterize the 

our role as an essential business.

year as successful, especially against the backdrop  

I admit that there are aspects of these conversations 

of the challenges of the year. SendTech, Presort and 

that I am uncomfortable with. I believe making an 

Financial Services are positioned to grow revenue and 

acceptable return for investors is a precursor to 

profit, and Global Ecommerce is positioned to now 

everything else. If you don’t do that, the rest is not 

drive meaningful incremental profit.

sustainable. At the same time, “purpose” seems very 

Essentialness and purpose

There has been another conversation going on  

amid all of the tumult of the past few years. The 

conversation began around purpose. I suppose this 

was a nod to a higher calling for businesses to be 

about more than “just” making a profit — although 

let’s all agree that making a competitive profit is the 

meaningful to me for those enterprises that do an 

obvious public good. The health-care profession 

comes immediately to mind, but there are certainly 

other entities that have a clear societal good. For the 

rest of us that do important work, but perhaps with  

a less obvious societal role, the conversation can 

become a bit tortured.

starting point for any successful commercial business. 

That said, it does seem to me there is something 

With COVID-19, a parallel conversation began around 

important to this conversation — at least for  

“essential” businesses. This had to do with those 

Pitney Bowes. When I joined Pitney Bowes in 2012, 

businesses that were deemed critical by the federal 

my assignment was clear: Find the next chapter for 

government to keep our economy running. Pitney 

this great company. We have done that. I’m proud that 

Bowes fell into this category. It’s worth saying  

Pitney Bowes was designated an essential company, 

4

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021but that recognition goes to our employees who  

do the vital work to keep mail and parcels moving  

across our country and around the world. 

Here’s the intersection of all of this purpose and 

essentialness. Embedded in all of these conversations 

O U T S TA N D I N G   C U S T O M E R   E X P E R I E N C E

for Pitney Bowes is our enduring value. 

At this particular moment, institutions are coming 

under fire from all directions. Yet, when I reflect on 

our accomplishments, I believe that our successes  

all go back to our value system based on doing the 

right thing the right way. So, at one level we can  

say our purpose rests on the essential services we 

provide, but I like to think we have another one: 

Pitney Bowes can be an example of an institution that 

provides a good return for its shareholders while also 

providing real value to its clients, employees and  

the broader society. 

Maybe that is our purpose and part of why we 

undertook this purposeful transformation that 

continues to unfold. If it is, that’s good enough  

for me.

We have more work to do, and we must accelerate 

our profit growth, but we have created the core 

conditions — competitive offerings, a highly engaged 

team and satisfied customers — to create substantial 

value for our shareholders. I like our hand.

Marc B. Lautenbach  

President and Chief Executive Officer 

In 2021, our Sending Technology Solutions 
business achieved the prestigious J.D. Power 
certification for technical support excellence  
for the second consecutive year, recognizing  
our deep commitment to its clients. This year’s 
distinction expands the Company’s 2020 
recognition for Assisted Support (Phone and 
Chat) to certified Technology Service and 
Support Distinction. The new certification  
for 2021 recognizes further excellence in  
Pitney Bowes onsite Field Service delivery  
and self-service support, including web and 
online/on-product support.

To achieve this recognition, Pitney Bowes passed 
a rigorous audit with over 500 support processes 
benchmarked against industry leaders in 
technology, along with detailed self-assessments 
and in-depth customer satisfaction research. The 
research found that, from a survey of consumers, 
delighted customers are four times more likely 
to recommend Pitney Bowes services, three 
times more likely to expand their relationship 
with Pitney Bowes and 80 percent less likely  
to leave than merely satisfied customers.

Disclaimer: J.D. Power 2021 Certified Technology Service & Support 
Program, developed in conjunction with TSIA. Based on successful 
completion of an audit and exceeding a customer satisfaction 
benchmark for Technology Service and Support operations. For more 
information, visit http://www.jdpower.com or www.tsia.com.

5

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021Summary of Selected Financial Data

For the year ended December 31,  
(amounts in thousands, except per share data and total employees)

2021 

2020 

2019 

As reported

Revenue 

Net (loss) income 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Depreciation and amortization 

Capital expenditures 

Dividends per share of common stock 

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding  

Total assets 

Total debt 

Stockholders’ equity 

Total employees 

As adjusted

EBIT   

Income before taxes 

Diluted earnings per share 

Free cash flow 

EBIT to interest 

EBITDA 

 $ 3,673,561  

 $ 

  $ 

(1,351) 

0.02 

  $  301,515  

 $  162,859  

 $  184,042  

 $ 

0.20 

179,105 

 $ 4,958,871  

 $ 2,323,838  

 $  112,632  

  11,500 

 $  202,689  

 $ 

 $ 

58,744  

0.32  

 $  154,325  

 1.4x 

$ 3,554,075  

$  (180,376) 

$ 

(1.11) 

$  301,972  

$  160,625  

$  104,987  

$ 

0.20 

171,519  

$ 5,224,363  

$ 2,564,393  

$ 

70,621  

  11,500  

$  215,147  

$ 

$ 

61,232  

0.31 

$  283,110  

1.4x 

$ 3,205,125

$  194,319

$ 

0.22

$  267,883 

$  159,142

$  137,253

$ 

0.20

177,449

$ 5,469,958 

$ 2,739,722 

$  289,154 

 11,000 

$  278,930

$  123,372 

$ 

0.68

$  184,335

1.8x

 $  365,548  

$  375,772  

$  438,072

6

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Reported Consolidated  
Results to Adjusted Results

For the year ended December 31,  
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)

Net (loss) income  

  Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before taxes 

  Restructuring charges and asset impairments 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets/business 

  Loss on debt refinancing 

  Goodwill impairment 

  Transaction costs 

Adjusted income before taxes 

Interest expense, net 

Adjusted EBIT 

Depreciation and amortization 

Adjusted EBITDA 

2021 

2020 

2019 

  $ 

(1,351) 

$ (180,376) 

 4,858 

 (10,922) 

 (7,415) 

 19,003 

 (11,635) 

 56,209 

 — 

 2,582 

 58,744 

 143,945 

   202,689 

  162,859 

(10,115) 

7,122 

(183,369) 

20,712 

(11,908) 

36,987 

  198,169 

641 

61,232 

  153,915 

  215,147 

  160,625 

 $  365,548 

$  375,772 

$  194,319

  (154,460)

(13,127)

26,732

69,606

17,683

6,623

—

2,728

  123,372 

  155,558

  278,930

  159,142

$  438,072

$ 

1.10

(0.87)

0.30

0.12

0.03

—

—

0.01

Diluted (loss) earnings per share 

 $ 

(0.01)  

$ 

  Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax 

  Restructuring charges 

(Gain) loss on sale of assets/business 

  Loss on debt refinancing 

  Goodwill impairment 

  Tax on surrender of investment securities 

  Transaction costs 

 0.03 

 0.08 

 (0.03) 

  0.24 

 — 

  — 

 0.01 

(1.05) 

(0.06) 

0.09 

(0.05) 

0.16 

1.13 

0.07 

— 

Adjusted diluted earnings per share 

 $ 

0.32  

$ 

0.31  

$ 

0.68

Net cash provided by operating activities 

 $  301,515 

$  301,972 

$  267,883

  Net cash used in (provided by) operating activities —  
  discontinued operations 

  Capital expenditures 

  Restructuring payments 

  Changes in customer deposits at PB Bank 

  Transaction costs paid 

 — 

 (184,042) 

 21,990 

 14,862 

 — 

37,912 

(104,987) 

20,014 

26,082 

2,117  

(9,272)

  (137,253)

27,148

16,341

19,488 

Free cash flow 

 $  154,325 

$  283,110 

$  184,335

The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

The Company’s financial results are reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP); however, the Company uses certain non-GAAP measures, such as  
adjusted income before taxes, adjusted earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT), adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA), adjusted earnings  
per share (EPS) and free cash flow. 

Adjusted income before taxes, Adjusted EBIT, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EPS exclude the impacts of discontinued operations, restructuring charges, gains, losses and costs related to 
acquisitions and dispositions, asset and goodwill impairment charges and other unusual or one-time items. Such items are often inconsistent in amount and frequency and as such, the 
Company believes that these non-GAAP measures provide investors greater insight into the underlying operating trends of the business.  

Free cash flow adjusts cash from operations calculated in accordance with GAAP for discontinued operations, capital expenditures, restructuring payments, changes in customer deposits 
held at the Pitney Bowes Bank, transaction costs and other special items. The Company reports free cash flow to provide investors insight into the amount of cash that management could 
have available for other discretionary uses.  

The adjusted financial information may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and should therefore be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial results. 
Further, our definitions of adjusted financial measures may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies. 

7

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 *As of March 1, 2022

Stockholders may visit the Pitney Bowes  
corporate governance website at 
www.pitneybowes.com under 
Our Company — Leadership & 
Governance — Board of Directors for 
information concerning charters of 
the committees of the board and 
Our Company — Leadership & 
Governance — Corporate Governance 
for information concerning governance 
practices, including the Governance 
Principles of the Board of Directors and 
the directors’  Code of Business Conduct 
and Ethics. Our Business Practices 
Guidelines is also available at Corporate 
Responsibility — Business Practices.

Directors and Corporate Officers*

Corporate Officers

Marc B. Lautenbach
President and 
Chief Executive Officer

Bill Borrelle
Senior Vice President and 
Chief Marketing Officer

Joseph R. Catapano
Vice President, Chief 
Accounting Officer

Ana Maria Chadwick
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer

Jason Dies
Executive Vice President 
and President, Sending 
Technology Solutions

James Fairweather
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Innovation Officer

Daniel J. Goldstein
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Legal Officer and 
Corporate Secretary

Debbie D. Salce
Vice President and Treasurer

Joseph B. Schmitt
Senior Vice President, 
Chief Information Officer

Christoph Stehmann
Executive Vice President, 
International, Sending 
Technology Solutions

Johnna G. Torsone
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Human Resources Officer

Gregg Zegras
Executive Vice President and  
President, Global Ecommerce

Directors

Anne M. Busquet
Principal, 
AMB Advisors, LLC

Robert M. Dutkowsky
Non-Executive  
Chairman of the Board,  
US Foods

Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Consultant

Mary J. Steele Guilfoile
Chairman,  
MG Advisors, Inc.

S. Douglas Hutcheson
Executive Chairman, 
Kymeta Corporation

Marc B. Lautenbach
President and 
Chief Executive Officer, 
Pitney Bowes Inc.

Michael I. Roth
Retired Executive Chairman, 
The Interpublic Group 
of Companies, Inc. 
Non-Executive Chairman, 
Pitney Bowes Inc.

Linda S. Sanford
Retired Senior Vice President, 
Enterprise Transformation, 
International Business Machines 
Corporation (IBM)

David L. Shedlarz
Retired Vice Chairman, 
Pfizer Inc.

Sheila A. Stamps
Former Commissioner and  
Audit Committee Chair for  
the board of the New York  
State Insurance Fund

8

Pitney Bowes Annual Report 2021UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 

Commission file number: 1-3579 

PITNEY BOWES INC. 

State of incorporation: Delaware

I.R.S. Employer Identification No.

06-0495050

Address:
Telephone Number:

3001 Summer Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06926
(203) 356-5000

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Common Stock, $1 par value per share
6.7% Notes due 2043

Trading Symbol(s)
PBI
PBI.PRB

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes þ   No ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   Yes ¨	No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ   No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 
of Regulation S-T (section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files)   Yes þ   No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an emerging growth company.  See definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth 
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

þ Accelerated filer

o Non-accelerated filer

o

Smaller reporting company 

☐ Emerging growth company

☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark whether the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying 
with new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report. Yes ☑   No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐   No þ

As of June 30, 2021, the aggregate market value of the registrant's common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $2 billion based on the 
closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. At January 31, 2022, there were 174,855,086 outstanding shares of common stock, 
$1 par value.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of  the  registrant's  proxy  statement  to  be  filed  within  120  days  after  our  fiscal  year  end  in  connection  with  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders to be held May 2, 2022, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  1

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

1

PITNEY BOWES INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Page Number

Business

Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Properties
Legal Proceedings

PART II
Item 5. Market for the Company's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 

Equity Securities

Selected Financial Data

Item 6.
Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Item 9B. Other Information
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

PART III

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 

Matters

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

PART IV

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplemental Data

3
 8
14
14
14
14

15

16
17
27
28

28

28

28

28

29

29

29

29

29

30

32

34

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  2

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

2

 
 
 
 
 
PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  (Annual  Report)  contains  statements  that  are  forward-looking.  We  believe  that  these  forward-
looking statements are reasonable based on our current expectations and assumptions. However, we caution readers that any forward-
looking statement within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934  are  subject  to  risks  and  uncertainties  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially.  Words  such  as  "estimate,"  "target,"  "project," 
"plan,"  "believe,"  "expect,"  "anticipate,"  "intend"  and  similar  expressions  may  identify  such  forward-looking  statements.  We 
undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  or  revise  any  forward-looking  statement,  whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future 
events or otherwise, except as required by law. Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report speak only as of the date hereof, and 
forward-looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ 
materially from those projected or assumed in our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition, results of operations and 
forward-looking statements are subject to change and to inherent risks and uncertainties, as disclosed or incorporated by reference in 
our  filings  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  SEC).  In  particular,  we  continue  to  navigate  the  impacts  of  the 
COVID-19  pandemic  (COVID-19)  and  the  effect  that  its  unpredictability  is  having  on  our,  and  our  client's  business,  financial 
performance  and  results  of  operations.  Other  factors  which  could  cause  future  financial  performance  to  differ  materially  from  the 
expectations, and which may also be exacerbated by COVID-19 or a negative change in the economy, include, without limitation:

•
•

•

•

•
•
•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

declining physical mail volumes
changes in postal regulations or the operations and financial health of posts in the U.S. or other major markets, or changes to 
the broader postal or shipping markets
the  loss  of,  or  significant  changes  to,  our  contractual  relationships  with  the  United  States  Postal  Service  (USPS)  or  USPS' 
performance under those contracts
our  ability  to  continue  to  grow  and  manage  unexpected  fluctuations  in  volumes,  gain  additional  economies  of  scale  and 
improve profitability within our Global Ecommerce segment
changes in labor and transportation availability and costs
global supply chain issues adversely impacting our third-party suppliers' ability to provide us products and services
declines in demand for our ecommerce services resulting from supply chain delays or interruptions affecting our retail clients, 
or changes in retail consumer behavior or spending patterns 
competitive  factors,  including  pricing  pressures,  technological  developments  and  the  introduction  of  new  products  and 
services by competitors
the loss of some of our larger clients in our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services segments
the impacts of inflation and rising prices on our costs and expenses, and to our clients and retail consumers
expenses and potential impacts resulting from a breach of security, including cyber-attacks or other comparable events
the potential impacts on our cost of debt due to potential interest rate increases
our success at managing customer credit risk
capital  market  disruptions  or  credit  rating  downgrades  that  adversely  impact  our  ability  to  access  capital  markets  at 
reasonable costs
our success in developing and marketing new products and services and obtaining regulatory approvals, if required
the  continued  availability  and  security  of  key  information  technology  systems  and  the  cost  to  comply  with  information 
security requirements and privacy laws
changes in international trade policies, including the imposition or expansion of trade tariffs
changes in tax laws, rulings or regulations
our success at managing relationships and costs with outsource providers of certain functions and operations 
changes in banking regulations or the loss of our Industrial Bank charter 
changes in foreign currency exchange rates
increased environmental and climate change requirements or other developments in these areas
intellectual property infringement claims
the use of the postal system for transmitting harmful biological agents, illegal substances or other terrorist attacks
impact of acts of nature on the services and solutions we offer

Further information about factors that could materially affect us, including our results of operations and financial condition, 
is contained in Item 1A. "Risk Factors" in this Annual Report. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  3

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

3

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

General

Pitney Bowes Inc. (we, us, our, or the company) is a global shipping and mailing company that provides technology, logistics, and 
financial services to small and medium sized businesses, large enterprises, including more than 90 percent of the Fortune 500, retailers 
and  government  clients  around  the  world.  These  clients  rely  on  us  to  remove  the  complexity  and  increase  the  efficiency  in  their 
sending of mail and parcels. For additional information, visit www.pitneybowes.com.

Business Segments

Global Ecommerce
Domestic parcel services offers retailers a cost-effective parcel delivery and returns network for end consumers. We operate numerous 
domestic  parcel  sortation  centers  connected  by  a  nationwide  transportation  network,  enabling  us  to  pick  up  parcels  from  retailer 
distribution centers and move them through our physical network. We also offer fulfillment services, providing pick, pack and ship 
services for clients through four fulfillment centers co-located within four of our larger parcel sortation centers to facilitate same-day 
entry into our parcel delivery network.  

Cross-border solutions manages all aspects of the international shopping and shipping experience. Our proprietary technology enables 
global  tracking  and  logistics  services;  calculates  duty,  tax  and  shipping  costs  at  checkout;  enables  multi-currency  pricing,  payment 
processing and fraud management; ensures compliance with product restrictions and produces all documentation requirements to meet 
export complexities and customs clearance. Our proprietary technology is utilized by direct merchants and major online marketplaces 
facilitating millions of parcels to be shipped worldwide. 

Digital  delivery  services  enables  clients  to  reduce  transportation  and  logistics  costs,  select  the  best  carrier  based  on  need  and  cost, 
improve delivery times and track packages in real-time. Powered by our shipping APIs, clients can purchase postage, print shipping 
labels and access shipping and tracking services from multiple carriers that can be easily integrated into any web application such as 
online shopping carts or ecommerce sites and provide guaranteed delivery times and flexible payment options. 

Presort Services

We are a workshare partner of the USPS and national outsource provider of mail sortation services that allow clients to qualify large 
volumes of First-Class Mail, Marketing Mail and Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter for postal workshare discounts. Our 
network of operating centers throughout the United States and fully-customized proprietary technology provides clients with end-to-
end solutions from pick up to delivery into the postal system network, expedited mail delivery and optimal postage savings. 

Sending Technology Solutions

We provide clients with physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions and other applications to help simplify and 
save  on  the  sending,  tracking  and  receiving  of  letters,  parcels  and  flats.  We  also  offer  supplies  and  maintenance  services  for  these 
offerings.  Our  cloud  enabled  infrastructure  provides  software-as-a-service  (SaaS)  offerings  delivered  online  and  via  connected  or 
mobile devices. Our latest offerings are designed on an open platform architecture that have the capabilities to leverage partnerships 
with carriers, developers and other innovative companies to deliver value to our clients. We offer financing alternatives that enable 
clients to finance equipment and product purchases.

Through our wholly owned subsidiary, The Pitney Bowes Bank (the Bank), we offer our clients in the United States a revolving credit 
solution that enables clients to make meter rental payments and purchase postage, services and supplies and an interest-bearing deposit 
solution to clients who prefer to prepay postage. Additionally, we offer financing alternatives that enable clients to finance or lease 
other manufacturers’ equipment and provide working capital. 

We provide revolving credit solutions to clients in Canada and the U.K. that enable them to make meter rental payments and purchase 
postage, services and supplies. 

We establish credit approval limits and procedures based on the credit quality of the client and the type of product or service provided. 
We closely monitor the portfolio by analyzing industry sectors and delinquency trends by product line, industry and client to ensure 
reserve levels and credit policies reflect current trends. Management continuously monitors credit lines and collection resources and 
revises credit policies as necessary.

Seasonality

A larger percentage of our revenue is earned in the fourth quarter relative to the other quarters, driven primarily by higher shipping 
volumes during the holiday season.

4

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  4

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

Sales and Services

We market our products, solutions and services through a direct and inside sales force, global and regional partner channels, direct 
mailings  and  digital  channels.  We  provide  call-center,  online  and  on-site  support  services  for  our  products  and  solutions.  Support 
services are primarily provided under maintenance contracts.

Competition

Our businesses face competition from large, multinational companies and smaller, more narrowly focused regional and local firms. 
We compete on the basis of technology and innovation, breadth of product offerings, our ability to design and tailor targeted solutions 
to meet client needs, performance, service and support, price, quality and brand.

We must continue to invest in our current technologies, products and solutions, and in the development of new technologies, products 
and solutions in order to maintain and improve our competitive position. We frequently encounter new competitors as the markets in 
which we participate evolve and newer businesses enter our existing markets. 

A summary of the competitive environment for each of our segments is as follows:

Global Ecommerce
The  domestic  parcel  services  and  cross-border  solutions  market  includes  competitors  of  various  sizes,  including  companies  with 
greater  financial  resources  than  us.  Some  of  these  competitors  specialize  in  point  solutions  or  freight  forwarding  services,  are  full-
service ecommerce business process outsourcers and online marketplaces with international logistic support, or major global delivery 
services  companies.  We  also  face  competition  from  companies  that  can  offer  both  domestic  and  cross-border  solutions  in  a  single 
package which creates pricing leverage. The principal competitive factors include speed of delivery, price, ease of integration and use, 
innovative  services,  reliability,  functionality  and  scalability.  We  compete  based  on  the  accuracy,  reliability  and  scalability  of  our 
platform and logistics services, our ability to provide clients and their customers a one-stop full-service ecommerce experience and the 
ability to provide a more customized shipping solution than some of the larger competitors in the industry. 

Our  digital  delivery  services  business  competes  with  technology  providers  who  help  make  shipping  easier  and  more  cost-effective. 
These  technology  providers  range  from  large,  established  companies  to  smaller  companies  offering  negotiated  carrier  rates.  The 
principal  competitive  factors  include  technology  stability  and  reliability,  innovation,  access  to  preferred  shipping  rates  and  ease  of 
integration with existing systems.

Presort Services

We  face  competition  from  regional  and  local  presort  providers,  cooperatives  of  multiple  local  presort  providers,  consolidators  and 
service  bureaus  that  offer  presort  solutions  as  part  of  a  larger  bundle  of  outsourcing  services.  We  also  face  competition  from  large 
mailers  that  have  sufficient  volumes  and  the  capability  to  sort  their  own  mailings  in-house  and  could  use  excess  capacity  to  offer 
presort services to others. The principal competitive factors include price, innovative service, delivery speed, tracking and reporting, 
industry expertise and economies of scale. Our competitive advantages include our extensive network of presort facilities capable of 
processing  significant  volumes  and  our  innovative  proprietary  technology  that  provides  clients  with  reliable,  secure  and  precise 
services and maximum postage discounts. 

Sending Technology Solutions

We face competition from other mail equipment and solutions providers and those that offer online shipping and mailing products and 
services  solutions.  Additionally,  the  growth  of  alternative  communication  methods  as  compared  to  physical  mail  continue  to  grow, 
which creates competition to mail and also to our offerings that enable clients to use the mail efficiently. We differentiate ourselves 
from  our  competitors  through  our  breadth  of  physical  and  digital  offerings,  including  cloud  enabled  SaaS  and  open  platform 
architecture  offerings;  pricing;  available  financing  and  payment  offerings;  product  reliability;  support  services;  and  our  extensive 
knowledge of the shipping and mailing industry. 

Our  financing  operations  face  competition,  in  varying  degrees,  from  large,  diversified  financial  institutions,  including  leasing 
companies,  commercial  finance  companies  and  commercial  banks,  as  well  as  small,  specialized  firms.  We  believe  our  competitive 
advantage  that  differentiates  us  from  our  competitors  is  the  breadth  of  our  financing  and  payment  solutions  and  our  ability  to 
seamlessly integrate these solutions into our clients' shipping and mailing operations. 

Also see Item 1A. Risk Factors for further details regarding the competition our businesses face. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  5

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

5

Research, Development and Intellectual Property

We invest in research and development activities to develop new products and solutions, enhance the effectiveness and functionality 
of existing products and solutions and deliver high value technology and differentiated services in high value segments of the market. 

Third-Party Suppliers

Our  Sending  Technology  Solutions  (SendTech  Solutions)  segment  depends  on  third-party  suppliers  and  outsource  providers  for  a 
variety  of  services  and  product  components  and  the  hosting  of  our  SaaS  offerings.  Our  Global  Ecommerce  and  Presort  Services 
segments rely on third party suppliers to help equip our facilities, provide warehouse support and assist with our logistical operations. 
All of our businesses and corporate functions depend on third-party providers for a variety of data analytics, sales, reporting and other 
functions.  In  certain  instances,  we  rely  on  single-sourced  or  limited-sourced  suppliers  and  outsourcing  vendors  around  the  world 
because doing so is advantageous due to quality, price or lack of alternative sources. We have risk mitigation programs to monitor 
conditions  affecting  our  suppliers'  ability  to  fulfill  expected  commitments.  We  believe  that  our  available  sources  for  services, 
components, supplies, logistics and manufacturing are adequate.

Regulatory Matters 

We are subject to the regulations of postal authorities worldwide related to product specifications of our postage meters. Our Presort 
Services segment is also subject to regulations of the USPS. The Bank is chartered as an Industrial Bank under the laws of the State of 
Utah. The Bank and certain company affiliates that provide services to the Bank are subject to the regulations of the Utah Department 
of Financial Institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We are also subject to transportation regulations for various 
parts  of  our  business,  customs  and  trade  regulations  worldwide  related  to  our  cross-border  shipping  services  and  regulations 
concerning data privacy and security for our businesses that use, process and store certain personal, confidential or proprietary data. 

Climate Change

Although climate change  has had no material impact on our operations to date, the risk of increasingly severe climate events or the 
risk that those events happen more frequently could affect one or more of our facilities and our ability to conduct daily operations in 
the future. Increasing regulatory restrictions in response to climate change could also materially affect our costs, especially with 
respect to transportation.

Human Capital 

We have approximately 11,500 employees, with approximately 80% located in the United States. We also rely on a contingent hourly 
workforce to supplement our full-time workforce to meet fluctuating demand. We seek to create a high-performance culture that will 
drive  and  sustain  enhanced  value  for  all  our  stakeholders.  To  attract,  retain  and  engage  the  talent  needed,  we  strive  to  maintain  a 
diverse,  inclusive  and  safe  workplace,  with  equitable  opportunities  for  growth  and  development,  supported  by  competitive 
compensation, benefits and health and wellness programs, and by programs that build connections between our employees and their 
communities.  

Diversity and Inclusion
We  believe  that  maintaining  a  diverse  workforce  and  an  inclusive  environment  for  our  workforce  is  important  to  our  success.  We 
celebrate a rich mix of countries, cultures, ages, races, ethnicities, gender identities, sexual orientation, abilities and perspectives that 
showcase our humanity, differentiate us as individuals and enhance our businesses. 

Employee Engagement and Development
We  emphasize  employee  development  and  training  and  provide  professional  development  initiatives,  training,  experiential  learning 
and inclusion networks to our employees to enable them to advance their skills and achieve career goals. We also believe employee 
engagement  is  important  to  the  company's  success  and  conduct  a  survey  annually  that  has  driven  participation  rates  with  scores 
reflecting high levels of employee engagement. 

Health, Safety and Wellness
We are committed to the health, safety and wellness of our employees. We provide our employees and their families with access to a 
variety of flexible and convenient health and wellness programs. 

In response to COVID-19, we implemented significant changes that we determined were in the best interest of our employees, and the 
communities  in  which  we  operate,  and  which  comply  with  local  and  federal  government  regulations.  As  the  pandemic  conditions 
change, we adapt our approach to keep our employees safe, including allowing them to work remotely when they do not need to be in 
any of our facilities and adapting our requirements around social distancing or the use of personal protective equipment. We have also 

6

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  6

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

taken  steps  to  encourage-but  not  require-our  employees  to  get  vaccinated.  We  continuously  monitor  the  rate  of  infection  of  our 
employees both overall and in specific facilities.

All of our offices and facilities are open for employees. There are some employees who have been working full-time in our offices and 
operating centers due to the nature of their work; some have chosen to come in regularly and others are predominantly working from 
home, coming into our office for purposeful activities. Over the course of the pandemic, we have been developing and will continue to 
adapt our workplace strategy to reflect the current changes in how people work. As we develop and adjust these approaches, we focus 
on doing so with an emphasis on maintaining a high level of performance while ensuring an inclusive and safe work environment. 
This  approach  provides  a  consistent  framework  for  recognizing  the  evolving  ways  in  which  we  work  to  deliver  value  to  our 
stakeholders – warehouse employees who are onsite every day, service technicians, salespeople and drivers travelling to client sites, 
and office workers working in an array of flexible models. We continue to encourage our employees to get vaccinated, social distance 
where  appropriate,  provide  and  encourage  the  use  of  personal  protective  equipment  and  monitor  the  health  of  our  employees.  We 
expect  to  continue  to  implement  safety  measures  as  necessary  and  take  further  actions  as  government  authorities  require  or 
recommend, or as we determine to be in the best interests of our employees, customers, partners and suppliers.

Available Information

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto filed 
with,  or  furnished  to,  the  SEC,  are  available,  free  of  charge,  through  the  Investor  Relations  section  of  our  website  at 
www.investorrelations.pitneybowes.com  or  from  the  SEC's  website  at  www.sec.gov,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  these 
reports are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The other information found on our website is not part of this or any 
other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. 

Information About Our Executive Officers

Name

Age

Title

Marc B. Lautenbach

Johnna G. Torsone

Daniel J. Goldstein

Christoph Stehmann

Jason C. Dies

Gregg Zegras

Ana Maria Chadwick

James Fairweather

60

71

60

59

52

54

50

50

President and Chief Executive Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer

Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Executive Vice President, International Sending Technology Solutions

Executive Vice President and President, Sending Technology Solutions

Executive Vice President and President, Global Ecommerce

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President, Chief Innovation Officer 

Executive
Officer Since

2012

1993

2010

2016

2017

2020

2021

2021

There are no family relationships among the above officers. The above officers have served in various executive positions with the 
company for at least the past five years except as follows:

Mr.  Dies  was  appointed  Executive  Vice  President  and  President,  Sending  Technology  Solutions  in  October  2017.  He  joined  the 
company in 2015 as President, Document Messaging Technologies (DMT). Prior to joining the company, Mr. Dies was employed at 
IBM where he held several leadership positions in North America, Europe, and Asia across diverse business units.

Mr. Zegras was appointed Executive Vice President and President, Global Ecommerce in July 2020. He joined the company in 2013 
as  President,  Imagitas.  Prior  to  joining  the  company,  Mr.  Zegras  held  several  executive  leadership  positions,  including  at  NBC 
Universal, Sharecare and Hearst Entertainment.

Ms. Chadwick joined the company as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on January 29, 2021. Prior to joining the 
company, Ms. Chadwick was employed at GE Capital as President and CEO of GE Capital Global Legacy Solutions. Ms. Chadwick 
spent over 20 years at GE Capital, where she held several executive positions, including Controller of GE Capital Americas and CFO 
at GE Capital Energy Financial Services. 

Mr. Fairweather was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer in May 2021. Prior to this, he was Senior Vice 
President and Chief Technology Officer, Commerce Services. He has been a leader in the company's strategic digital transformation 
and technology initiatives across Design, SaaS, Data Science and Analytics, API Management, Security and Mobility.

7

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  7

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

Our  operations  face  certain  risks  that  should  be  considered  in  evaluating  our  business.  We  manage  and  mitigate  these  risks  on  a 
proactive basis, using an enterprise risk management program. Nevertheless, the following risk factors, some of which may be beyond 
our control, could materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, brand and reputation, and may cause future 
results to be materially different than our current expectations. These risk factors are not intended to be all inclusive.

COVID-19 Pandemic Risks

Our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  have  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  affected  by  the  unpredictability, 
duration, and severity of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

The  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  has  impacted,  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  impact,  our  business,  operations,  and  financial 
performance. Given the unpredictability, duration, and, at times, the severity of resurgences of the pandemic, its ultimate effect on our 
business, operations and financial performance remains uncertain. There are many factors, not within our control, which could affect 
the pandemic's ultimate impact on our businesses and our ability to execute our business strategies and initiatives in the expected time 
frame. These include, but are not limited to: the response of governments, businesses and individuals to the pandemic; its impact on 
the labor force, the global economy and economic activity (including inflation), and the spending habits of consumers and businesses; 
disruptions in global supply chains; and significant volatility and disruption of financial markets. In addition to having the effect of 
potentially heightening many of our other risk factors in this section, the COVID-19 pandemic has, and may continue to, adversely 
affect the following to the detriment of our business, including:

• Our  ability  to  sell  products  and  provide  services  to  our  clients,  fulfill  orders,  and  install  equipment  on  a  timely  basis  and 

market to prospective new clients due to social distancing rules and heightened security policies. 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

The  acceleration  of  the  decline  of  physical  mail  volumes  in  the  geographies  in  which  we  operate,  which  adversely  affects 
both our Presort Services and SendTech Solutions segments. We cannot yet assess the extent to which these declines in mail 
volumes, and resulting impact to our business, are permanent or temporary.  

The  financial  health  of  posts  around  the  world,  especially  that  of  the  USPS,  given  the  adverse  effects  associated  with  the 
declines in physical mail volumes. If these financial difficulties are not resolved, or if any resolution requires posts to operate 
differently, price in a manner that hurts their competitiveness or further reduces postal volume or causes them to change their 
contractual relationships with their partners or vendors, these changes could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Costs and reduced labor productivity associated with extended safety protocols, higher levels of employees out sick, hiring 
and training temporary labor, redirecting volumes to other facilities, and complying with government mandates.

Global Ecommerce’s costs, including those relating to postage, transportation, and warehouse space, resulting from sudden 
and significant increases or decreases in volumes, due to unexpected short-term shifts in consumer spending patterns or short-
term interruptions or delays in our retail client’s supply chains.    

Our ability to timely obtain parts, supplies, or finished goods from our vendors in order to meet our sales obligations or equip 
our facilities.   

The  frequency  of  long-distance  airplane  flights,  resulting  in  higher  costs  and  at  times,  reduced  demand  for  our  Global 
Ecommerce cross-border offerings.

Delinquencies in collections and bankruptcies in our clients, which could affect our cash flow. Client requests for potential 
payment deferrals or other contract modifications could also reduce the profitability or ongoing cash flow from some of our 
current customers.

Third-party service providers ability to satisfy their performance obligations to us, which in turn affects our ability to satisfy 
our service commitments to our clients.  

Our earnings or cash flows, which could result in additional credit rating downgrades, higher costs of borrowing, or limit our 
access to additional debt.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  8

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

8

Mailing and Shipping Industry Risks 

Further significant deterioration in the financial condition of the USPS, or the national posts in our other major markets, could affect 
the ability of those posts to provide services to us or our clients, which could adversely affect client demand for our offerings and thus 
our financial performance.

We are dependent on financially viable national posts in the geographic markets where we operate, particularly in the United States. A 
significant  portion  of  our  revenue  depends  upon  the  ability  of  these  posts,  especially  the  USPS,  to  provide  competitive  mail  and 
package delivery services to our clients and the quality of the services they provide. Their ability to provide high quality service at 
affordable rates in turn depends upon their ongoing financial strength. If the posts are unable to continue to provide these services into 
the future, our financial performance will be adversely affected.

Our ability to compete in the package shipping market in the United States depends upon certain contractual relationships we have 
with the USPS and the successful performance of those services.

The USPS is our primary provider for the “last mile” component of our parcel delivery services in the United States. This represents a 
significant component of our cost in offering these services. If we are unable to receive competitive pricing from the USPS or take 
advantage of lower cost USPS options, our ability to compete with private carriers and to achieve profitable revenue growth will be 
adversely affected. The quality of service we provide to our clients also depends upon the quality of delivery services received from 
the USPS. As the ecommerce market continues to evolve, and as the USPS implements changes to its network, if the USPS’ service 
performance is materially worse than that of the private carriers, we may lose clients to competition and our financial performance will 
be adversely affected. 

We are subject to postal regulations and processes, which could adversely affect our financial performance.

A significant portion of our business is subject to regulation and oversight by the USPS and posts in other major markets. These postal 
authorities have the power to regulate some of our current products and services. They also must approve many of our new or future 
product and service offerings before we can bring them to market. If our new or future product and service offerings are not approved, 
there are significant conditions to approval, regulations on our existing products or services are changed or, we fall out of compliance 
with those regulations, our financial performance could be adversely affected.

If we are not able to respond to the continuing decline in the volume of physical mail delivered via traditional postal services, our 
financial performance could be adversely affected.

Traditional  mail  volumes  continue  to  decline  and  impact  our  current  and  future  financial  results,  primarily  within  our  SendTech 
Solutions and Presort Services segments. An accelerated or sudden decline could result from changes in communication behavior or 
available  communication  technologies,  reductions  to  the  Universal  Service  Obligation  (USO)  under  which  the  USPS  and  other 
national posts are required to deliver to every address in a country with similar pricing and frequency, pandemics, and legislation or 
regulations that mandate electronic substitution for communication by mail, prohibit certain types of mailings, increase the difficulty 
of using information or materials in the mail, or impose higher taxes or fees on postal services. If we are not successful at meeting the 
continuing challenges faced in our mailing business, or if physical mail volumes were to experience an accelerated or sudden decline, 
our financial performance could be adversely affected. 

Significant changes to the laws regulating the USPS or other posts, or changes in their operating models could have an adverse effect 
on our financial performance.

As a significant portion of our revenue and earnings is dependent on postal operations, changes in the laws and regulations that affect 
how posts operate could have an adverse effect on our financial performance. As posts consider new strategies for their operations in 
an era of declining mail volumes and increasing package volumes, if we are unable to work with posts to support those strategies, our 
financial performance could be adversely affected.

Business Operational Risks

We face intense competition in the industries in which we operate.

The markets for our products and services in each of our segments are highly competitive. In our Global Ecommerce segment, we face 
competition  in  our  shipping  business  from  full-service  ecommerce  business  process  outsourcers,  online  marketplaces,  freight 
forwarders, and major global delivery services companies, including those that can offer both domestic and cross-border solutions in a 
single  package.  Our  digital  delivery  business  competes  with  technology  providers  ranging  from  large,  established  companies  to 

9

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  9

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

smaller companies offering negotiated carrier rates. If we cannot compete against these competitors with, among other things, speed of 
delivery, price, reliability, functionality and scalability of our platform and logistic services and ease of integration and use, we may 
lose clients, incur additional costs and suffer from reduced margins, and the financial results of the segment may be adversely affected. 
Our  Presort  Services  segment  faces  competition  from  regional  and  local  presort  providers,  cooperatives  of  multiple  local  presort 
providers, consolidators and service bureaus that offer presort solutions as part of a larger bundle of outsourcing services and large 
volume mailers that have sufficient volumes and the capability to presort their own mailings in-house and could use excess capacity to 
offer  presort  services  to  others.  If  we  are  not  able  to  effectively  compete  on  price,  innovative  service,  delivery  speed,  tracking  and 
reporting, we may lose clients and the financial results of the segment may be adversely affected. Our Sending Technology Solutions 
segment  faces  competition  from  other  mail  equipment  and  solutions  providers,  companies  that  offer  products  and  services  as 
alternative  means  of  message  communications  and  those  that  offer  online  shipping  and  mailing  products  and  services  solutions.  In 
addition, our financing operations face competition, in varying degrees, from large, diversified financial institutions, including leasing 
companies,  commercial  finance  companies  and  commercial  banks,  as  well  as  small,  specialized  firms.  If  we  are  not  able  to 
differentiate ourselves from our competitors or effectively compete with them, the financial results of the segment may be adversely 
affected. 

The evolution of our businesses to more digital and shipping-related services has resulted in a decline in our overall profit margins. If 
we cannot increase our volumes while at the same time reduce our costs, our overall profitability could be adversely affected.

As  our  businesses  shift  to  more  digital  and  shipping-related  services,  the  relative  revenue  contribution  from  our  shipping-related 
offerings  now  exceeds  that  of  the  revenue  from  our  mailing-related  offerings.  We  expect  the  revenue  contribution  from  shipping 
services  to  continue  to  grow;  however,  profit  margins  on  these  services  are  lower  than  those  for  our  mailing-related  offerings. 
Accordingly,  if  we  cannot  gain  additional  economies  of  scale  through  increasing  volumes,  lowering  our  cost  per  piece  and  in  turn, 
improve margins and profitability, our short and long-term financial performance will be adversely affected.  

Seasonality of the Global Ecommerce segment, unexpected declines in consumer demand or the performance of our retail customers, 
or unexpected spikes in the costs of labor or transportation, especially during the fourth quarter, could adversely affect our overall 
performance.

Our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  derives  the  majority  of  its  revenue  from  its  retail  clients.  The  retail  industry  is  subject  to  cyclical 
trends  in  consumer  sentiment  and  spending  habits  that  are  affected  by  many  factors,  including  prevailing  economic  conditions, 
recession or fears of recession, inflation, unemployment levels, pandemics (as continues to be the case with the COVID-19 pandemic) 
or  geopolitical  events.  Our  retail  clients  are  also  dependent  on  third  party  suppliers  to  provide  them  with  either  raw  materials  or 
finished goods to meet the product demands of their clients. Moreover, Global Ecommerce’s annual financial results are also highly 
dependent  on  its  performance  during  the  peak  holiday  season  in  the  fourth  quarter.  If  consumer  sentiment  or  spending  habits 
deteriorate or change such that the demand for our clients’ online products is negatively impacted, or if our clients encounter supply 
chain challenges, we could incur unexpected costs and revenue declines, and if these factors impact our fourth quarter, as occurred in 
2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the impact on the segment's financial results could be more severe.  

The  loss  of  any  of  our  largest  clients  in  our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  could  adversely  affect  the  financial  performance  of  that 
segment.

The  Global  Ecommerce  segment  receives  a  large  portion  of  its  revenue  from  a  relatively  small  number  of  clients  and  business 
partners. The loss of any of these larger clients or business partners, or a substantial reduction in their use of our products or services, 
could have a material adverse effect on the revenue and profitability of the segment. There can be no assurance that our larger clients 
and business partners will continue to utilize our products or services at current levels, or that we would be able to replace any of these 
clients or business partners with others who can generate revenue at current levels.

If  we  fail  to  effectively  manage  our  third-party  suppliers,  or  if  their  ability  to  perform  were  negatively  impacted,  our  business, 
financial performance and reputation could be adversely affected.

Our SendTech Solutions segment relies on third-party suppliers for services and components for our mailing equipment, spare parts, 
supplies and services and for the hosting of our SaaS offerings. We also rely on third party suppliers to help us equip our Presort and 
Ecommerce facilities and to provide us with services related to some of our operations. In certain instances, we rely on single-sourced 
or limited-sourced suppliers  around the world because of advantages in quality, price or lack of alternative sources. If our suppliers 
are not able to provide these services, components or equipment to us in a timely manner, or if the supply chain constraints we are 
currently  experiencing  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  were  to  worsen,  the  quality  of  the  goods  or  services  received  were  to 
deteriorate, our relationship with certain suppliers were to be terminated, or if the costs of using these third parties were to increase 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  10

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

10

and we were not able to find alternate suppliers, we could lose clients, incur significant disruptions in manufacturing and operations 
and increased costs, including higher freight  and  re-engineering costs.    

Fluctuations in transportation costs or disruptions to transportation services in our Global Ecommerce or Presort Services segments 
could adversely affect client satisfaction or our financial performance. 

In  addition  to  our  reliance  on  the  USPS,  our  Global  Ecommerce  and  Presort  Services  segments  rely  upon  independent  third-party 
transportation service providers to transport a significant portion of our parcel and mail volumes. Some of our providers may also be 
our  competitors.  The  use  of  these  providers  is  subject  to  risks,  including  our  ability  to  negotiate  acceptable  terms,  increased 
competition during peak periods, capacity issues, performance problems, extreme weather, natural or man-made disasters, pandemics, 
increased fuel costs, labor shortages or disputes and other unforeseen difficulties. Any disruption to the timely supply of these services 
for any reason, any dramatic increase in the cost of these services or any deterioration of the performance of these services (each of 
which  we  experienced,  at  times,  during  the  COVID-19  pandemic),  could  adversely  affect  client  satisfaction  or  our  financial 
performance.  Given  our  continued  reliance  upon  these  providers,  any  future  unforeseen  disruptions  affecting  these  providers  could 
similarly adversely affect client satisfaction and our financial performance.

Our business depends on the our ability to attract, retain and maintain good relationships with, employees at a reasonable cost to 
meet the needs of our business and to consistently deliver highly differentiated, competitive offerings. 

The  rapid  growth  of  the  ecommerce  industry  has  resulted  in  intense  competition  for  employees  in  the  shipping,  transportation  and 
logistics  industry,  including  drivers  and  warehouse  employees.  The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  accelerated  this  industry  growth 
resulting  in  our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  experiencing  a  higher  demand,  and  increased  competition,  for  labor,  especially  in  our 
warehouses. This increased demand and competition for workers has also impacted our Presort Services segment. We supplement our 
Global Ecommerce and Presort Services workforce with contingent hourly workers from staffing agencies on an as-needed basis. Due 
to  increased  demand  and  competition,  concern  over  exposure  to  COVID-19  and  other  factors,  at  times  during  the  COVID-19 
pandemic, we experienced labor shortages, increased costs and reduced productivity. If we experience similar labor shortages again, 
do not effectively manage our use of such contingent workers, or if our staffing agencies chose to terminate their relationship with us 
and we cannot find alternative providers, it could result in increased costs and adversely affect our operations. Moreover, given the 
nature of our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services employee base, if we cannot continue to maintain good relationships with those 
employees  resulting  in  employee  dissatisfaction  and  turnover,  our  operating  costs  could  significantly  increase,  and  our  operational 
flexibility could be significantly reduced.  

There  is  also  significant  competition  for  the  talent  needed  to  develop  our  other  products  and  services.  Increased  competition  for 
employees has resulted in higher wages and costs of other benefits necessary to attract and retain employees with the right skill sets. 
Additional labor costs which may also impact our business include those triggered by regulatory actions; increased health care and 
workers’  compensation  insurance  expenses;  and,  those  costs  associated  with  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  which  in  our  Global 
Ecommerce and Presort Services segments, continues to include costs resulting from reduced productively (staggering shifts,  breaks 
to  enhance  social  distancing  and  higher  levels  of  employees  out  sick),  costs  for  extended  safety  protocols  in  our  warehouses  and 
incremental costs required to hire temporary labor.    

Our  inability  to  obtain  and  protect  our  intellectual  property  and  defend  against  claims  of  infringement  by  others  may  negatively 
impact our financial performance.

Our  businesses  are  not  materially  dependent  on  any  one  patent  or  license  or  group  of  related  patents  and  licenses;  however,  our 
business  success  depends  in  part  upon  protecting  our  intellectual  property  rights,  including  proprietary  technology  developed  or 
obtained  through  acquisitions.  We  rely  on  copyrights,  patents,  trademarks  and  trade  secrets  and  other  intellectual  property  laws  to 
establish and protect our proprietary rights. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may 
suffer,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  revenue  and  profitability.  The  continued  evolution  of  patent  law  and  the  nature  of  our 
innovation work may affect the number of patents we are able to receive for our development efforts. As we continue to transition our 
business  to  more  software  and  service-based  offerings,  patent  protection  of  these  innovations  will  be  more  difficult  to  obtain.    In 
addition,  from  time  to  time,  third  parties  may  claim  that  we,  our  clients,  or  our  suppliers,  have  infringed  their  intellectual  property 
rights. These claims, if successful, may require us to redesign affected products, enter into costly settlement or license agreements, pay 
damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or selling certain products.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  11

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

11

If we fail to comply with government contracting regulations, our financial performance, brand name and reputation could suffer.

We  have  a  significant  number  of  contracts  with  governmental  entities.  Government  contracts  are  subject  to  extensive  and  complex 
procurement laws and regulations, along with regular audits and investigations by government agencies. If one or more government 
agencies discovers contractual noncompliance by us or one of our subcontractors in the course of an audit or investigation, we may be 
subject  to  various  civil  or  criminal  penalties  and  administrative  sanctions,  which  could  include  the  termination  of  the  contract, 
reimbursement of payments received, fines and debarment from doing business with one or more governments. Any of these events 
could not only affect our financial performance, but also adversely affect our brand and reputation.

We may not fully realize the anticipated benefits of strategic acquisitions and divestitures which may harm our financial performance.

We may make strategic acquisitions or divest certain businesses. These actions may involve significant risks and uncertainties, which 
could have an adverse effect on our financial performance, including:

•
•

•
•
•

difficulties in achieving anticipated benefits or synergies;
difficulties in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations, including combining product and service offerings and 
entering new markets, or reducing fixed costs previously associated with divested businesses;
the loss of key employees or clients of businesses acquired or divested;
significant charges for employee severance and other restructuring costs, legal, accounting and financial advisory fees; and
possible goodwill and asset impairment charges as divestitures and changes in our business model may adversely affect the 
recoverability of certain long- lived assets and valuation of our operating segments.

Our  capital  investments  to  develop  new  products  and  offerings  or  expand  our  current  operations  may  not  yield  the  anticipated 
benefits.

We are making significant capital investments in new products, services, and facilities. If we are not successful in these new product 
or  service  introductions  at  the  levels  anticipated  when  making  the  investments,  there  may  be  an  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
performance.

Cybersecurity and Technology Risks 

Our  financial  performance  and  our  reputation  could  be  adversely  affected,  and  we  could  be  subject  to  legal  liability  or  regulatory 
enforcement  actions,  if  we  or  our  suppliers  are  unable  to  protect  against,  or  effectively  respond  to,  cyberattacks  or  other  cyber 
incidents.

We  depend  on  the  security  of  our  and  our  suppliers'  information  technology  systems  to  support  numerous  business  processes  and 
activities, to service our clients, and to enable consumer transactions and postal services. There are numerous cybersecurity risks to 
these  systems,  including  individual  and  group  criminal  hackers,  industrial  espionage,  denial  of  service  attacks,  ransomware  and 
malware  attacks,  attacks  on  the  software  supply  chain,  and  employee  errors  and/or  malfeasance.  These  cyber  threats  are  constantly 
evolving,  thereby  increasing  the  difficulty  of  preventing,  detecting,  and  successfully  defending  against  them.  Successful  breaches 
could,  among  other  things,  disrupt  our  operations  or  result  in  the  unauthorized  disclosure,  theft  and  misuse  of  company,  client, 
consumer  and  employee  sensitive  and  confidential  information,  all  of  which  could  adversely  affect  our  financial  performance. 
Cybersecurity breaches could result in financial liability to other parties, governmental investigations, regulatory enforcement actions 
and  penalties,  and  our  brand  and  reputation  could  be  damaged.  Although  we  maintain  insurance  coverage  relating  to  cybersecurity 
incidents, we may incur costs or financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through our insurance.

We have security systems, procedures, and business continuity plans in place-and require our suppliers to have them as well. These 
security systems, procedures, and business continuity plans are designed to ensure the continuous and uninterrupted performance of 
our information technology systems, protect against unauthorized access to information or disruption to our services, and minimize the 
impact of and the time to detect, respond, and recover from a breach should one occur. Despite the protections we have in place, we 
have  suffered  cyber-events  in  the  past.  In  response  to  these  attacks,  we  implemented  a  variety  of  measures  to  further  enhance  our 
cybersecurity protections and minimize the impact of any future attack. None of these systems are fool proof and like all companies, 
intrusions will occur, and have occurred, from time to time. Our goal is to prevent meaningful incursions and minimize the overall 
impact of those that occur.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  12

March 1, 2022  17:28:26

12

Failure to comply with data privacy and protection laws and regulations could subject us to legal liability and adversely affect our 
reputation and our financial performance.

Our  businesses  use,  process,  and  store  proprietary  information  and  personal,  sensitive,  or  confidential  data  relating  to  our  business, 
clients,  and  employees.  Privacy  laws  and  similar  regulations  in  many  jurisdictions  where  we  do  business  require  that  we  take 
significant steps to safeguard that information, and these laws and regulations continue to evolve. The scope of the laws that may be 
applicable to us is often uncertain and may be conflicting. In addition, new laws may add a broad array of requirements on how we 
handle  or  use  information  and  increase  our  compliance  obligations.  For  example,  the  European  Union  greatly  increased  the 
jurisdictional  reach  of  European  Law  by  enacting  the  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (GDPR),  which,  among  other  things, 
enhanced  an  individual’s  rights  with  respect  to  their  information  and  ongoing  litigation  in  the  European  Union  continues  to  create 
uncertainty  in  how  to  demonstrate  compliance.  In  the  United  States,  several  states  have  enacted  different  laws  regarding  personal 
information and privacy that impose significant new requirements on consumer personal information. Other countries or states may 
enact laws or regulations in the future that have similar or additional requirements. Although we continually monitor and assess the 
impact of these laws and regulations, their interpretation and enforcement are uncertain, subject to change, and may require substantial 
costs  to  monitor  and  implement.  Failure  to  comply  with  data  privacy  and  protection  laws  and  regulations  could  also  result  in 
government enforcement actions (which could include substantial civil and/or criminal penalties) and private litigation, which could 
adversely affect our reputation and financial performance.

If we or our suppliers encounter unforeseen interruptions or difficulties in the operation of our cloud-based applications, our business 
could be disrupted, our reputation and relationships may be harmed, and our financial performance could be adversely affected.

Our business relies upon the continuous and uninterrupted performance of our and our suppliers' cloud-based applications and systems 
to  support  numerous  business  processes,  to  service  our  clients  and  to  support  their  transactions  with  their  customers  and  postal 
services. Our applications and systems, and those of our partners, may be subject to interruptions due to technological errors, system 
capacity constraints, software errors or defects, human errors, computer or communications failures, power loss, adverse acts of nature 
and other unexpected events. We have business continuity and disaster recovery plans in place to protect our business operations in 
case of such events and we also require our suppliers to have the same. Nonetheless, there can be no guarantee that these plans will 
function as designed. If we are unable to limit interruptions or successfully correct them in a timely manner or at all, it could result in 
lost revenue, loss of critical data, significant expenditures of capital, a delay or loss in market acceptance of our services and damage 
to our reputation, brand and relationships, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business and our financial performance.

Macroeconomic and General Regulatory Risks 

Future  credit  rating  downgrades  or  capital  market  disruptions  could  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  to 
provide competitive financing services to our clients and to fund various discretionary priorities. 

We  provide  competitive  finance  offerings  to  our  clients  and  fund  discretionary  priorities,  such  as  business  investments,  strategic 
acquisitions, dividend payments and share repurchases through a combination of cash generated from operations, deposits held at the 
Bank and access to capital markets. Our ability to access U.S. capital markets and the associated cost of borrowing is dependent upon 
our credit ratings and is subject to capital market volatility. Given our current credit rating, we may experience reduced financial or 
strategic flexibility and higher costs when we do access the U.S. capital markets. We maintain a $500 million revolving credit facility 
that requires we maintain certain financial and nonfinancial covenants.

A significant decline in cash flows, noncompliance with any of the covenants under the revolving credit facility, further credit rating 
downgrades, material capital market disruptions, significant withdrawals by depositors at the Bank, adverse changes to our industrial 
loan  charter  or  an  increase  in  our  credit  default  swap  spread  could  impact  our  ability  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  to  provide 
competitive finance offerings to our clients, refinance maturing debt and fund other financing activities, which in turn, could adversely 
affect our financial performance.

Our Global Ecommerce segment is exposed to increased foreign exchange rate fluctuations.

The sales generated from many of our clients’ internationally focused websites running on our cross-border platform are exposed to 
foreign exchange rate fluctuations. Currently, our platforms are located in the U.S. and the U.K. and a majority of consumers making 
purchases through these platforms are in a limited number of foreign countries. A strengthening of the U.S. Dollar or British Pound 
relative  to  currencies  in  the  countries  where  we  do  the  most  business  impacts  our  ability  to  compete  internationally  as  the  cost  of 
similar international products improves relative to the cost of U.S. and U.K. retailers' products. A strong U.S. Dollar or British Pound 
would likely result in a decrease in international sales volumes, which would adversely affect the segment's revenue and profitability.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  13

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

13

Our operations and financial performance may be negatively affected by changes in trade policies, tariffs and regulations.

Our  Global  Ecommerce  segment  is  subject  to  significant  trade  regulations,  taxes,  and  duties  throughout  the  world.  Any  changes  to 
these regulations could potentially impose increased documentation and delivery requirements, delay delivery times and subject us to 
increased costs and additional liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial performance. Within the last four years, the United 
States increased tariffs for certain goods, which triggered other nations to also increase tariffs on certain of their goods. For our Global 
Ecommerce  segment,  tariff  increases,  or  even  an  environment  of  uncertainty  surrounding  trade  issues,  could  reduce  demand  and 
adversely affect its financial performance. For our SendTech Solutions segment, increased tariffs resulted in additional costs on certain 
components used in some of our products. 

If we do not keep pace with evolving expectations and regulators in the areas of Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) and 
address the potential impact of climate change on our costs and operations, our reputation and results of operations may be adversely 
affected.

The  set  of  topics  incorporated  within  the  term  ESG  in  general,  and  climate  change  in  particular,  cover  a  range  of  issues  that  pose 
potential risks to our operations. From an environmental perspective, the impact of climate change and a potential increase in extreme 
weather events may pose risk to the operation of our sortation facilities and the ability to transport mail and packages.  The increased 
focus on alternative energy sources and the need to reduce our carbon footprint over time, could result in higher investments in capital 
spending and increased operational costs. There are also a series of laws related to product stewardship and waste disposal to which 
we  need  to  comply.  From  a  “social”  perspective,  a  failure  to  meet  employee  expectations  around  safety  and  diversity,  equity  and 
inclusion could impact our ability to recruit new employees and retain talent. Finally, from a “governance” perspective, if we do not 
maintain  a  good  governance  processes  in  general  or  do  not  satisfy  investor  stakeholder  expectations  on  ESG,  our  reputation  and 
attractiveness to portions of the investment community could be adversely affected. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.  

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

We lease numerous facilities worldwide, including our corporate headquarters located in Stamford, Connecticut, fulfillment centers, 
parcel operations and mail sortation facilities, service locations, data centers and call centers. 

Our Global Ecommerce segment leases four fulfillment centers that comprise the majority of our fulfillment operations. Our Global 
Ecommerce  and  Presort  Services  segments  conduct  parcel  operations  and  mail  sortation  operations  through  a  network  of  over  50 
operating centers throughout the United States. Our SendTech Solutions segment leases a manufacturing and distribution facility in 
Indianapolis. This facility is significant as it stores a majority of the SendTech Solutions products, supplies and inventories. 

Should any facility be unable to function as intended for an extended period of time, our ability to service our clients and operating 
results could be impacted.

We conduct most of our research and development activities in facilities located in Noida and Pune, India and Shelton, Connecticut. 
Management  believes  that  our  facilities  are  in  good  operating  condition,  materially  utilized  and  adequate  for  our  current  business 
needs. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

 See Note 16 Commitments and Contingencies for additional information.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  14

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

14

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE COMPANY'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER       

PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock is principally traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) under the symbol "PBI".  At January 31, 2022, we 
had 12,812 common stockholders of record. 

Share Repurchases

We periodically repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans 
and for other purposes. During 2021 and 2020, we did not repurchase any additional shares of our common stock and in 2019, we 
repurchased  18.6  million  shares  of  our  common  stock  at  an  aggregate  price  of  $105  million.  At  December  31,  2021,  we  have 
authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to of $16 million of our common stock. 

Stock Performance Graph

We  revised  our  peer  group  from  last  year  to  exclude  companies  that  were  no  longer  publicly  listed  on  an  exchange  and  to  include 
additional companies to align with our changing business offerings. 

Our new peer group is comprised of: ACCO Brands Corporation, Alliance Data Systems Corporation, Avery Dennison Corporation, 
Cimpress  plc,  Deluxe  Corporation,  Diebold  Nixdorf,  Incorporated,  Etsy,  Inc.,  Fidelity  National  Information  Services,  Inc.,  Fiserv, 
Inc., Hub Group, Inc., NCR Corporation, Overstock.com, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Ryder System, Inc., Schneider National, 
Inc., The Western Union Company, W.W. Grainger, Inc. and Xerox Holdings Corporation.

The old peer group was comprised of: ACCO Brands Corporation, Alliance Data Systems Corporation, Deluxe Corporation, Diebold 
Nixdorf, Incorporated, Echo Global Logistics, Inc., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., Hub Group, Inc., NCR 
Corporation,  R.R.  Donnelley  &  Sons  Company,  Rockwell  Automation,  Inc.,  Stamps.com  Inc.,  The  Western  Union  Company  and 
Xerox Holdings Corporation. 

The accompanying graph shows the annual change in the value of a $100 investment in Pitney Bowes Inc., the Standard and Poor's 
(S&P) 500 Composite Index, the S&P SmallCap 600 Composite Index, the old peer group and our new peer group over a five-year 
period  assuming  the  reinvestment  of  dividends.  On  a  total  return  basis,  a  $100  investment  on  December  31,  2016  in  Pitney  Bowes 
Inc., the S&P 500 Composite Index, the S&P SmallCap 600 Composite Index, the old peer group and our new peer group would have 
been worth $57, $233, $180, $173 and $147 respectively, on December 31, 2021.

All information is based upon data independently provided to us by Standard & Poor's Corporation and is derived from their official 
total  return  calculation.  Total  return  for  the  S&P  500  and  S&P  SmallCap  600  Composite  Indexes  and  our  peer  group  is  based  on 
market  capitalization,  weighted  for  each  year.  The  stock  price  performance  is  not  necessarily  indicative  of  future  stock  price 
performance.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  15

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

15

Comparison of Cumulative Five Year Total Return to Shareholders

250

200

150

100

50

—

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

Pitney Bowes
Old Peer Group

S&P 500
New Peer Group

S&P SmallCap 600

ITEM 6.  [RESERVED]

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  16

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

16

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  operating  results  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  risk  factors, 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes.  This  discussion  includes  forward-looking  statements  based  on  management's 
current expectations, estimates and projections and involves risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ significantly from those 
currently  expressed.  A  detailed  discussion  of  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  such 
forward-looking statements is outlined under "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Item 1A. Risk Factors" in this Form 10-K. All table 
amounts are presented in thousands of dollars.

Throughout this discussion, we refer to revenue growth on a constant currency basis. Constant currency measures exclude the impact 
of  changes  in  currency  exchange  rates  from  the  prior  period  under  comparison.  We  believe  that  excluding  the  impacts  of  currency 
exchange  rates  provides  investors  a  better  understanding  of  the  underlying  revenue  performance.  Constant  currency  change  is 
calculated by converting the current period non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue using the prior year’s exchange rate. Where constant 
currency measures are not provided, the actual change and constant currency change are the same.  

Management measures segment profitability and performance using segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT). Segment EBIT 
is calculated by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes 
interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges, asset and goodwill impairment charges and other items not allocated 
to  a  business  segment.  Management  believes  that  it  provides  investors  a  useful  measure  of  operating  performance  and  underlying 
trends of the business. Segment EBIT may not be indicative of our overall consolidated performance and therefore, should be read in 
conjunction with our consolidated results of operations.

A discussion of our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2019, can be found under Item 7 
“Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, filed with the SEC on  February 19, 2021.

Overview

Financial Results Summary - Year Ended December 31:

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Total revenue

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total

Revenue 

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$ 2,334,674 

$  2,191,306 

460,888 

294,418 

350,138 

159,438 

74,005 

473,292 

341,034 

314,882 

159,282 

74,279 

$ 3,673,561 

$  3,554,075 

Actual % 
change

Constant 
Currency % 
Change

 7 %

 (3) %

 (14) %

 11 %

 — %

 — %

 3 %

 6 %

 (3) %

 (15) %

 10 %

 (1) %

 (1) %

 3 %

Revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$ 1,702,580 

$ 1,618,897 

573,480 

521,212 

  1,397,501 

  1,413,966 

$ 3,673,561 

$ 3,554,075 

Actual % 
change

Constant 
currency % 
change

 5 %

 10 %

 (1) %

 3 %

 4 %

 10 %

 (2) %

 3 %

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  17

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total Segment EBIT

EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

% change

$ 

(98,673)  $ 

(82,894) 

79,721 

55,799 

429,415 

442,648 

$  410,463  $  415,553 

 (19) %

 43 %

 (3) %

 (1) %

Revenue increased 3% in 2021 compared to 2020. Business services revenue, which primarily includes revenue from Presort Services 
and Global Ecommerce, increased 7% (6% at constant currency) compared to the prior year. Presort Services revenue increased 10% 
primarily due to higher mail volumes, pricing actions and investments made in the network and technology to enable a higher level of 
five-digit sortation services. Global Ecommerce revenue increased 5% (4% at constant currency) primarily due to higher cross-border 
volumes. SendTech Solutions revenue declined 1% (2% at constant currency) primarily due to lower financing revenue and support 
services  revenue,  partially  offset  by  higher  equipment  sales.  Financing  revenue  declined  14%  (15%  at  constant  currency)  primarily 
due  to  lower  lease  extensions  and  lower  fee  income  and  prior  year  gains  from  the  sales  of  investment  securities.  Support  services 
revenue declined 3% driven by a declining meter population and a shift to cloud-enabled products. Equipment sales increased 11% 
(10% at constant currency) primarily due to the effect of COVID-19 on prior year equipment sales. 

Segment  EBIT  in  2021  decreased  1%  compared  to  2020.  Global  Ecommerce  EBIT  declined  19%  primarily  due  to  a  $14  million 
unfavorable  vendor  price  adjustment  driven  by  lower  domestic  parcel  delivery  volumes,  SendTech  Solutions  EBIT  decreased  3% 
primarily  driven  by  a  decline  in  revenue.  and  Presort  Services  EBIT  increased  43%  primarily  due  to  higher  revenue  and  improved 
productivity from investments made in the network and technology. Refer to Results of Operations section for further information. 

Outlook

We continue to invest in market opportunities and new solutions and services across all our businesses, optimizing our operations and 
implementing cost savings initiatives to drive long-term value. During 2021, we invested significantly in our facilities, network and 
technologies to expand operations, improve productivity and gain economies of scale. Going forward, we will focus our investments 
on gaining further network efficiencies and economies of scale within our Global Ecommerce and Presort Services operations and in 
market opportunities and new solutions and services across all our businesses. Our portfolio continues to shift to higher growth, lower 
margin, markets. As we continue to invest in Global Ecommerce with a view to, and ahead of, our expectations for long term growth, 
it is possible that near term margins will be under pressure. However, we expect margins to improve as we build scale and realize the 
full benefits of our investments and optimizations. 

The impacts of COVID-19 on our businesses and financial results remain uncertain. Supply chain issues continue to pose challenges 
for  us  and  our  clients'  ability  to  meet  their  customers'  demand.  These  supply  chain  issues  could  continue  to  impact  our  customers' 
behavior as well as that of end consumers, which could impact our shipping and delivery volumes. The duration and severity of these 
supply chain issues is unknown and unpredictable. There are some unique factors not within our control that could affect our business; 
however, we believe we can navigate the current conditions and will continue to take proactive steps to manage our operations and 
mitigate related financial impacts. 

On  a  consolidated  basis,  we  expect  revenue  growth  in  the  low  to  mid-single  digit  range  in  2022  compared  to  2021.  Within  Global 
Ecommerce,  we  anticipate  revenue  growth  in  2022  and  margin  and  profit  improvements  from  pricing  initiatives  and  productivity 
improvements from the benefits of the investments we made in our facilities and network. However, we also expect continued growth 
of  the  market's  need  for  transportation  services  and  labor  to  generate  increased  costs.  Within  Presort  Services,  we  expect  revenue 
growth in 2022 and margin and profit improvements as productivity initiatives, increased automation and facilities consolidation and 
optimization  will  more  than  offset  expected  higher  labor  and  transportation  costs.  Within  SendTech  Solutions,  we  expect  overall 
revenue to decline, growth in our cloud-enabled shipping solutions and margins to remain strong. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  18

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

18

 
 
 
 
 
REVENUE AND SEGMENT EBIT

Global Ecommerce

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Global  Ecommerce  includes  the  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  domestic  parcel  services,  cross-border  solutions  and  digital 
delivery services.

Revenue

Cost of Revenue

Gross Margin 

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

Business services

2021
$  1,702,580 

2020
$  1,618,897 

Actual % 
change

Constant 
Currency % 
change

 5 %

 4 % $ 

2021
1,577,628 

$ 

2020
1,480,612 

2021

2020

 7.3 %

 8.5 %

Segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

Segment EBIT

$ 

(98,673)  $ 

(82,894) 

 (19) %

Global Ecommerce revenue increased 5% as reported (4% at constant currency) in 2021 compared to 2020 due to revenue growth of 
7% from higher cross-border volumes, partially offset by revenue decline of 2% from lower domestic parcel delivery volumes. 

Total  gross  margin  declined  $13  million  and  gross  margin  percentage  declined  to  7.3%  from  8.5%  primarily  due  to  a  $14  million 
unfavorable  vendor  price  adjustment  driven  by  lower  domestic  parcel  delivery  volumes  and  higher  transportation,  postal  and  labor 
costs, partially offset by the impact of higher revenue.   

Segment EBIT for 2021 was a loss of $99 million compared to a loss of $83 million in the prior year. The increase in EBIT loss was 
driven by the decline in gross margin and $2 million in higher operating expenses.

Presort Services

Presort Services includes revenue and related expenses from sortation services to qualify large volumes of First Class Mail, Marketing 
Mail, Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter for postal worksharing discounts.

Revenue

Cost of Revenue

Gross Margin 

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

Constant 
Currency % 
change

2021

2020

2021

2020

Business services

$ 

573,480 

$ 

521,212 

 10 %

 10 % $ 

431,382  $ 

402,599 

 24.8 %

 22.8 %

Segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

Segment EBIT

$ 

79,721 

$ 

55,799 

 43 %

Presort Services revenue increased 10% in 2021 compared to 2020. The processing of Marketing Mail, First Class Mail and Marketing 
Mail  Flats  and  Bound  Printed  Matter  contributed  revenue  growth  of  5%,  4%  and  1%,  respectively,  primarily  due  to  the  impact  of 
increased  mail  volumes,  improvements  in  five-digit  sortation,  pricing  actions  and  benefits  from  the  impacts  of  COVID-19  that 
adversely affected mail volumes in 2020.

Gross  margin  increased  $23  million  and  gross  margin  percentage  increased  to  24.8%  from  22.8%  primarily  due  to  the  increase  in 
revenue  and  improved  productivity,  partially  offset  by  increased  labor  and  transportation  costs  of  $16  million  and  $6  million, 
respectively, due to increased competition and demand for these resources. 

Segment EBIT increased $24 million or 43% in 2021 compared to 2020 due to the increase in revenue and gross margin.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  19

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

19

SendTech Solutions

SendTech Solutions includes the revenue and related expenses from physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions, 
financing, services, supplies and other applications to help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels 
and flats. 

Revenue

Cost of Revenue

Gross Margin 

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

Constant 
Currency % 
change

2021

2020

2021

2020

Business services

$ 

58,614 

$ 

51,197 

Support services

Financing

Equipment sales

Supplies

Rentals

Total

460,888 

294,418 

350,138 

159,438 

74,005 

473,292 

341,034 

314,882 

159,282 

74,279 

$  1,397,501 

$  1,413,966 

 14 %

 (3) %

 (14) %

 11 %

 — %

 — %

 (1) %

 15 % $ 

25,174  $ 

20,694 

 (3) %  

147,716 

 (15) %  

47,059 

 10 %  

251,714 

 (1) %  

 (1) %  

43,980 

24,427 

148,293 

48,162 

234,987 

41,679 

25,600 

 (2) % $ 

540,070  $ 

519,415 

 57.1 %

 67.9 %

 84.0 %

 28.1 %

 72.4 %

 67.0 %

 61.4 %

 59.6 %

 68.7 %

 85.9 %

 25.4 %

 73.8 %

 65.5 %

 63.3 %

Segment EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

Segment EBIT

$ 

429,415 

$ 

442,648 

 (3) %

SendTech  Solutions  revenue  decreased  1%  (2%  at  constant  currency)  in  2021  compared  to  2020.  Financing  revenue  declined  14% 
(15% at constant currency) primarily due to lower lease extensions of $18 million as more clients opted to lease new equipment rather 
than simply extend leases on existing equipment, lower fee income of $10 million and a prior year gain of $10 million from sales of 
investment securities. Support services revenue declined 3% primarily due to a declining meter population and shift to cloud-enabled 
products, which generally require less service due to ease of use. Partially offsetting these decreases, equipment sales increased 11% 
(10%  at  constant  currency),  primarily  due  to  the  adverse  impact  on  demand  and  our  inability  to  perform  on-site  service  and 
installations in the prior year due to COVID-19 and business services revenue increased 14% (15% at constant currency) primarily due 
to growth in our shipping products. 

Gross  margin  decreased  to  61.4%  from  63.3%  in  the  prior  year  primarily  due  to  declines  in  financing  and  support  services  gross 
margin, partially offset by an increase in equipment sales gross margin. Financing gross margin decreased to 84.0% from 85.9% due 
to  declining  revenue  and  rising  interest  rates.  Support  services  gross  margin  decreased  to  67.9%  from  68.7%  primarily  due  to  the 
decline in revenue. Equipment sales gross margin increased to 28.1% from 25.4% primarily driven by lower engineering costs.

Segment  EBIT  decreased  $13  million,  or  3%  in  2021  compared  to  2020,  primarily  driven  by  the  decline  in  gross  margin  of  $38 
million, partially offset by lower credit loss provision of $23 million.

UNALLOCATED CORPORATE EXPENSES

The majority of our selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expense is recorded directly or allocated to our reportable segments. 
SG&A  expenses  not  recorded  directly  or  allocated  to  our  reportable  segments  are  reported  as  unallocated  corporate  expenses. 
Unallocated corporate expenses primarily represents corporate administrative functions such as finance, marketing, human resources, 
legal, information technology and innovation. 

Unallocated corporate expenses

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Actual % 
change

$ 

207,774 

$ 

200,406 

 4 %

Unallocated  corporate  expenses  in  2021  increased  4%  compared  to  the  prior  year  primarily  driven  by  higher  employee-related 
expenses of $5 million and higher insurance costs of $5 million. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  20

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED EXPENSES

Selling, general and administrative

SG&A expense of $924 million in 2021 decreased 4%, or $39 million, compared to 2020, primarily due to lower credit loss provision 
of $34 million and lower professional fees of $16 million, partially offset by higher employee-related expenses of $24 million.

Research and development (R&D)

R&D  expense  increased  22%,  or  $8  million  in  2021  compared  to  2020,  primarily  due  to  investments  in  our  Global  Ecommerce 
segment. 

Restructuring charges and asset impairments

Restructuring charges and asset impairments for the year ended December 31, 2021 were $19 million and primarily includes costs for 
employee severance and facility closures. See Note 12 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Other components of net pension and postretirement cost (income)

Other components of net pension and postretirement cost (income) for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $1 million. The amount 
of other components of net pension and postretirement cost (income) recognized each year will vary based on actuarial assumptions 
and actual results of our pension plans. See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Other expense, net

Other expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $42 million and includes a $56 million loss from the refinancing of debt, a 
$10 million gain from the sale of a business, $3 million of insurance proceeds and a $1 million gain from an asset sale. See Note 11 to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

INCOME TAXES AND DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Income taxes

The effective tax rate for 2021 includes benefits of $7 million from the resolution of tax matters, $5 million due to tax legislation in 
the U.K., $3 million from an affiliate reorganization and $2 million from the vesting of restricted stock, partially offset by a charge of 
$6 million on the pre-tax gain of $10 million from the sale of a business as the tax basis was lower than the book basis and a charge of 
$1 million for the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money stock options. See Note 15 to the 
Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax for 2021 of $5 million includes adjustments related to the sale of our Software Solutions 
business in 2019 and Production Mail business in 2018. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  21

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

21

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

At December 31, 2021 we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of $747 million, which includes $162 million held at 
our  foreign  subsidiaries  used  to  support  the  liquidity  needs  of  those  subsidiaries.  Our  ability  to  maintain  adequate  liquidity  for  our 
operations is dependent upon a number of factors, including our revenue and earnings, our clients ability to pay their balances on a 
timely  basis,  the  impacts  of  COVID-19  on  macroeconomic  conditions  and  our  ability  to  take  further  cost  savings  and  cash 
conservation measures if necessary. At this time, we believe that existing cash and investments, cash generated from operations and 
borrowing capacity under our $500 million revolving credit facility will be sufficient to fund our cash needs for the next 12 months.

Cash Flow Summary 

The change in cash and cash equivalents is as follows: 

Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from investing activities
Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Operating activities

2021

2020

Increase/
(decrease)

$  301,515  $  301,972  $ 

(155,251) 
(330,371) 
(4,863) 

(75,692) 
(235,371) 
6,099 

(457) 
(79,559) 
(95,000) 
(10,962) 

$  (188,970)  $ 

(2,992)  $  (185,978) 

Cash provided by operating activities in 2021 of $302 million was flat compared to the prior year. Cash flow from operations was 
positively impacted by $3 million from changes in working capital and by $38 million due to a tax payment related to a discontinued 
operation in the prior year. These improvements in cash were offset by lower earnings before noncash charges.

Investing activities

Cash  used  in  investing  activities  for  2021  increased  $80  million  compared  to  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  higher  capital 
expenditures as we invested significantly during the year in our facilities, our network and technologies to expand operations, improve 
productivity  and  gain  economies  of  scale  in  our  Global  Ecommerce  and  Presort  Services  operations.  In  2020,  we  prioritized  and 
limited our capital expenditures in connection with COVID-19. 

Net cash from investing activities in 2021 also benefited by $43 million from the timing of purchases and maturities of investment 
securities, but was negatively impacted by lower proceeds from the sale of assets and businesses of $29 million and higher acquisition 
spending of $8 million. Proceeds from the sale of assets and businesses in 2021 includes $28 million from the sale of a business and 
$2 million of asset sales, while proceeds in 2020 included $46 million from the surrender of company-owned life insurance policies 
and $12 million from the sale of an equity investment. In November 2021, we acquired CrescoData, a Platform-as-a-Service business, 
for $15 million.  

Financing activities

Cash used in financing activities for 2021 increased $95 million compared to the prior year primarily due to higher net repayments of 
debt of $61 million, higher premiums and fees paid to refinance debt of $18 million and a reduction in reserve deposits of $11 million.

Debt Activity 

In 2021, we refinanced a significant amount of our near-term maturities, reducing our total debt and extending our maturity profile. 
Specifically, we issued a $400 million 6.875% unsecured note due March 2027, a $350 million 7.25% unsecured note due March 2029 
and  entered  into  a  seven-year  $450  million  secured  term  loan  maturing  March  2028.  We  redeemed  all  the  October  2021  notes,  an 
aggregate $363 million of the May 2022 notes, April 2023 notes and March 2024 notes under a tender offer, the remaining balance of 
the May 2022 notes and the remaining balance of the January 2025 term loan. We also extended the maturities of our $500 million 
secured revolving credit facility and our $380 million secured term loan from November 2024 to March 2026. A $56 million pre-tax 
loss was incurred on the refinancing of debt.  

In connection with the refinancing, we terminated interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $500 million 
and entered into new interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $200 million. Under the terms of the new 
swap  agreements,  we  pay  fixed-rate  interest  of  0.56%  and  receive  variable-rate  interest  based  on  one-month  LIBOR.  The  variable 
interest rate under the term loans and the swaps reset monthly.

22

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  22

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  credit  agreement  that  governs  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  term  loans  contains  financial  and  non-financial  covenants.  At 
December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants and there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit 
facility. 

Future Cash Requirements
The following table summarizes our known and contractually committed cash requirements at December 31, 2021 (in millions):

Debt maturities
Lease obligations
Purchase obligations
Retiree medical payments
Total

Payments due in

Total

2022

2023

2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

$  2,365 
286 
240 
104 
$  2,995 

$ 

$ 

25 
53 
240 
13 
331 

$ 

$ 

120 
47 
— 
12 
179 

$ 

$ 

282 
42 
— 
12 
336 

$ 

$ 

43 
34 
— 
11 
88 

$ 

$ 

261 
29 
— 
11 
301 

$  1,634 
81 
— 
45 
$  1,760 

Debt
We have debt with a principal balance of $2.4 billion outstanding at December 31, 2021. Approximately 74% of this debt is at fixed 
rates, including the effect of interest rate swaps, and the remaining 26% of debt is at variable rates based on LIBOR or other similar 
rates.  The  weighted  average  interest  rate  of  our  variable  rate  debt  at  December  31,  2021  was  3.1%.  We  estimate  that  cash  interest 
payments for the next 12 months will be $130 - $140 million.  

Required  debt  repayments  over  the  next  12  months  are  $25  million  and  we  do  not  have  material  principal  maturities  until  2024. 
Accordingly, we do not anticipate the need to access the U.S. capital markets in the next 12 months. See Note 13 to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements for information regarding our debt.

Lease obligations
We  lease  real  estate  and  equipment  under  operating  and  capital  lease  arrangements.  These  leases  have  terms  of  up  to  15  years  and 
include renewal options. 

In  November  2021,  we  entered  into  an  agreement  to  sell  our  Shelton,  Connecticut  facility  for  approximately  $50  million  and 
simultaneously  enter  into  a  ten  year  lease  agreement.  Total  base  lease  payments  over  the  ten-year  term  will  be  approximately  $41 
million and are not included in the table above. This transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2022. Additionally, lease 
payments in the table above do not include $21 million of payments for leases signed but not yet commenced at December 31, 2021.  
See Note 8 and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

Purchase obligations
Purchase obligations include unrecorded agreements to purchase goods and services that are enforceable and legally binding upon us 
and  that  specify  all  significant  terms,  including  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be  purchased;  fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price 
provisions;  and  the  approximate  timing  of  the  transaction.  Purchase  obligations  exclude  agreements  that  are  cancellable  without 
penalty.

In addition to the above known and contractually committed cash payments, we anticipate using cash for the following items:

Capital Expenditures
We continue to invest in our facilities, products, solutions and technology to grow our businesses, gain additional economies of scale, 
provide  new  and  innovative  products  and  solutions  and  compete  effectively  in  our  markets.  Capital  expenditures  are  evaluated  and 
approved by senior leadership based on several factors, including expected impacts on revenue growth, productivity enhancements, 
service improvements and cost savings. 

Capital expenditures totaled $184 million and $105 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 
2021,  we  invested  significantly  in  our  facilities,  network  and  technologies  to  expand  operations,  improve  productivity  and  gain 
economies of scale in our Global Ecommerce and Presort operations. In 2020, in response to COVID-19, we prioritized and limited 
our capital expenditures.   

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  23

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends
We  have  historically  paid  a  quarterly  dividend  to  our  shareholders.  Each  quarter,  our  Board  of  Directors  considers  our  recent  and 
projected earnings and other capital needs and priorities in deciding whether to approve a dividend. We expect to continue to pay a 
quarterly  dividend  of  $0.05  per  share;  however,  our  Board  of  Directors  may  decide  to  increase  or  decrease  this  amount  or  to  not 
approve the payment of a dividend at any time and for any reason without notice. Assuming the current $0.05 per quarter dividend 
payment,  we  estimate  that  dividend  payments  will  be  approximately  $35  million  in  2022.  There  are  no  material  restrictions  on  our 
ability to declare dividends. 

Share Repurchases
We may repurchase shares of our common stock to manage the dilution created by shares issued under employee stock plans and for 
other purposes. At December 31, 2021, we have authorization from our Board of Directors to repurchase up to of $16 million of our 
common stock. As of February 16, 2022, we have spent $8 million to repurchase 1.5 million shares of our common stock.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December, 31, 2021, we had approximately $25 million outstanding letters of credit guarantees with financial institutions that are 
primarily issued as security for insurance, leases, customs and other performance obligations. In general, we would only be liable for 
the amount of these guarantees in the event of default in the performance of our obligations, the probability of which we believe is 
remote.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  24

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

24

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions about 
certain  items  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  revenues,  expenses  and  accompanying  disclosures,  including  the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The accounting policies below have been identified by management as those policies 
that  are  most  critical  to  our  financial  statements  due  to  the  estimates  and  assumptions  required.  Management  believes  that  the 
estimates and assumptions used are reasonable and appropriate based on the information available at the time the financial statements 
were prepared; however, actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions. See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial 
Statements for a summary of our accounting policies.  

Revenue recognition 

We derive revenue from multiple sources including the sale and lease of equipment, equipment rentals, financing, support services and 
business services. Certain transactions are consummated at the same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. 
The most common form of these arrangements involves a sale or noncancelable lease of equipment, meter services and an equipment 
maintenance  agreement.  We  are  required  to  determine  whether  each  product  and  service  within  the  contract  should  be  treated  as  a 
separate  performance  obligation  (unit  of  accounting)  for  revenue  recognition  purposes.  We  recognize  revenue  for  performance 
obligations when control is transferred to the customer.  Transfer of control may occur at a point in time or over time, depending on 
the nature of the contract and the performance obligation.

Revenue is allocated among performance obligations based on relative standalone selling prices (SSP), which are a range of selling 
prices that we would sell the good or service to a customer on a separate basis. SSP are established for each performance obligation at 
the  inception  of  the  contract  and  can  be  observable  prices  or  estimated.  Revenue  is  allocated  to  the  meter  service  and  equipment 
maintenance agreement elements using their respective observable selling prices charged in standalone and renewal transactions. For 
sale and lease transactions, the SSP of the equipment is based on a range of observable selling prices in standalone transactions. We 
recognize  revenue  on  non-lease  transactions  when  control  of  the  equipment  transfers  to  the  customer,  which  is  upon  delivery  for 
customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models. We recognize revenue on equipment for 
lease transactions upon shipment for customer installable models and upon installation or customer acceptance for other models.  

Impairment review

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner if circumstances indicate an 
impairment  may  exist.  The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  determines  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  and  compares  it  to  the 
reporting unit's carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an impairment 
loss is recognized for the difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.

Testing goodwill for impairment requires us to identify our reporting units and assign assets and liabilities, including goodwill, to each 
reporting unit. The fair value of a reporting unit is based on one or a combination of techniques, which include a discounted cash flow 
model, multiples of competitors, and/or multiples from sales of like businesses. To determine fair value using a discounted cash flow 
model,  management's  cash  flow  projections  include  significant  judgements  and  assumptions  relating  to  revenue  growth  rates, 
projected  operating  income  and  discount  rate.  Changes  in  any  of  these  estimates  or  assumptions  could  materially  affect  the 
determination of fair value and the associated goodwill impairment assessment for each reporting unit. Events and circumstances that 
could materially impact the fair value determination of a reporting unit and potentially result in a non-cash impairment charge in future 
periods, include, but are not limited to, changing consumer behaviors, our ability to manage volumes, gain economies of scale and 
improve profitability in the Global Ecommerce business, prolonged supply chain issues, inflation and  rising interest rates. 

Long-lived and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and 
eventual disposition of the assets is compared to the carrying value. If the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the asset's 
carrying value, an impairment charge is recorded for an amount by which the carrying value exceeds its fair value. The fair value of 
the impaired asset is determined using probability weighted expected cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and 
appraisals, as appropriate. We derive the cash flow estimates from our long-term business plans and historical experience. Changes in 
the estimates and assumptions incorporated in our impairment assessment could materially affect the determination of fair value and 
the associated impairment charge.

Allowances for credit losses 

Finance  receivables  are  comprised  of  sales-type  leases,  secured  loans  and  unsecured  revolving  loans.  We  provide  an  allowance  for 
probable  credit  losses  based  on  historical  loss  experience,  adverse  situations  that  may  affect  a  client's  ability  to  pay  and  current 
economic conditions and outlook based on reasonable and supportable forecasts.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  25

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

25

Total allowance for credit losses as a percentage of finance receivables was 2% at December 31, 2021 and 3% at December 31, 2020. 
Holding  all  other  assumptions  constant,  a  0.25%  change  in  the  allowance  rate  at  December  31,  2021  would  have  reduced  pre-tax 
income by $3 million. 

Trade  accounts  receivable  are  generally  due  within  30  days  after  the  invoice  date.  Accounts  deemed  uncollectible  are  written  off 
against  the  allowance  after  all  collection  efforts  have  been  exhausted  and  management  deems  the  account  to  be  uncollectible.  We 
believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low because of the geographic and industry diversification of our clients and small 
account balances for most of our clients. 

The allowance for credit losses as a percentage of trade accounts receivables was 3% at December 31, 2021 and 5% at December 31, 
2020. Holding all other assumptions constant, a 0.25% change in the allowance rate at December 31, 2021 would have reduced pre-tax 
income by $1 million.

Income taxes and valuation allowance

We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our annual tax rate is based on income, statutory tax 
rates, tax reserve changes and tax planning opportunities available to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Significant 
judgment is required in determining the annual tax rate and in evaluating our tax positions. We regularly assess the likelihood of tax 
adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the related financial statement implications. 
We have established tax reserves that we believe are appropriate given the possibility of tax adjustments. Determining the appropriate 
level  of  tax  reserves  requires  judgment  regarding  the  uncertain  application  of  tax  laws.  Reserves  are  adjusted  when  information 
becomes available or when an event occurs indicating a change in the reserve is appropriate. Changes in tax reserves could have a 
material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.  

Significant  judgment  is  also  required  in  determining  the  amount  of  deferred  tax  assets  that  will  ultimately  be  realized  and 
corresponding deferred tax asset valuation allowance. When estimating the necessary valuation allowance, we consider all available 
evidence for each jurisdiction including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the feasibility of ongoing 
tax planning strategies. If new information becomes available that would alter our estimate of the amount of deferred tax assets that 
will ultimately be realized, we adjust the valuation allowance through income tax expense. Changes in the deferred tax asset valuation 
allowance could have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

Pension benefits 

The  calculation  of  net  periodic  pension  expense  and  determination  of  net  pension  obligations  are  dependent  on  assumptions  and 
estimates  relating  to,  among  other  things,  the  discount  rate  (interest  rate  used  to  discount  the  future  estimated  liability)  and  the 
expected rate of return on plan assets. These assumptions are evaluated and updated annually. 

The discount rate for our largest plan, the U.S. Qualified Pension Plan (the U.S. Plan) and our largest foreign plan, the U.K. Qualified 
Pension Plan (the U.K. Plan) used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2021 was 2.55% and 1.30%, respectively. 
For  2022,  the  discount  rate  used  in  the  determination  of  net  periodic  pension  expense  for  the  U.S.  Plan  and  the  U.K.  Plan  will  be 
2.85% and 1.85%, respectively. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would not materially impact annual pension expense for the U.S. 
Plan or the U.K. Plan. A 0.25% change in the discount rate would impact the projected benefit obligation of the U.S. Plan and U.K. 
Plan by $45 million and $27 million, respectively.

The expected rate of return on plan assets used in the determination of net periodic pension expense for 2021 was 5.60% for the U.S. 
Plan  and  4.75%  for  the  U.K.  Plan.  For  2022,  the  expected  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  used  in  the  determination  of  net  periodic 
pension expense for the U.S. Plan will be 5.10% and the U.K. Plan will be 4.0%. A 0.25% change in the expected rate of return on 
plan assets would impact annual pension expense for the U.S. Plan by $4 million and the U.K. Plan by $1 million.  

Actual  pension  plan  results  that  differ  from  our  assumptions  and  estimates  are  accumulated  and  amortized  primarily  over  the  life 
expectancy of plan participants and affect future pension expense. Net pension expense is also based on a market-related valuation of 
plan  assets  where  differences  between  the  actual  and  expected  return  on  plan  assets  are  recognized  over  a  five-year  period.  Plan 
benefits for participants in a majority of our U.S. and foreign pension plans are frozen. 

Residual value of leased assets

Equipment residual values are determined at the inception of the lease using estimates of the equipment's fair value at the end of the 
lease  term.  Residual  value  estimates  impact  the  determination  of  whether  a  lease  is  classified  as  an  operating  lease  or  a  sales-type 
lease.  Fair  value  estimates  of  equipment  at  the  end  of  the  lease  term  are  based  on  historical  renewal  experience,  used  equipment 
markets, competition and technological changes.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  26

March 1, 2022  17:28:27

26

We evaluate residual values on an annual basis or sooner if circumstances warrant. Declines in estimated residual values considered 
"other-than-temporary"  are  recognized  immediately.  Increases  in  estimated  future  residual  values  are  not  recognized  until  the 
equipment  is  remarketed.  If  the  actual  residual  value  of  leased  assets  were  10%  lower  than  management's  current  estimates  and 
considered "other-than-temporary", pre-tax income would be $5 million lower.   

Legal and Regulatory Matters 

See  Regulatory  Matters  in  Item  1,  Other  Tax  Matters  in  Note  15  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  regulatory  matters 
regarding our tax returns and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding our legal proceedings.

Foreign Currency Exchange

The functional currency for most of our foreign operations is the local currency. Changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the 
currencies of countries in which we operate impact our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. Exchange rate fluctuations 
can also impact the settlement of intercompany receivables and payables between our subsidiaries in different countries. During 2021, 
15% of our consolidated revenue was from operations outside the United States and the translation of foreign currencies to the U.S. 
dollar did not have a material impact on revenues or operating results for the year ended December 31, 2021.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks primarily from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. To manage these market 
risks, we employ derivatives according to established policies and procedures, including foreign currency contracts and interest rate 
swaps. We do not use derivatives for speculative purposes. We are also exposed to credit risk on our accounts receivable and finance 
receivable portfolio.

Foreign Exchange Risk
Our foreign currency risks include the translation of local currency balances of foreign subsidiaries and transaction gains and losses 
associated with intercompany loans, transactions denominated in currencies other than a location’s functional currency and forecasted 
inventory  purchases  between  affiliates  and  third  parties.  Our  objective  in  managing  exposure  to  foreign  currency  is  to  reduce  the 
volatility in earnings and cash flows associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The principal currencies actively 
hedged are the British Pound, Canadian Dollar and the Euro. 

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had outstanding foreign currency exchange rate contracts to mitigate the currency risk associated 
with  forecasted  inventory  purchases  between  affiliates  and  third  parties.  These  contracts  are  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  and 
changes in fair value are recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. At December 
31,  2021  and  2020,  we  also  had  outstanding  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  contracts  to  mitigate  the  currency  risk  associated  with 
intercompany loans and related interest denominated in foreign currencies. These contracts are not designated as hedging instruments 
and  changes  in  fair  value  of  the  derivative  contract  and  transaction  gains  and  losses  associated  with  the  revaluation  of  the 
intercompany loans are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair values of foreign currency derivative contracts recognized in earnings 
are generally offset by transaction gains and losses on the underlying intercompany loans. 

Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to interest rate risk principally in relation to our variable-rate debt borrowings. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, 26% 
and 27% or our debt was at variable rates, respectively. The weighted average interest rate of our variable rate debt at December 31, 
2021 and 2020 was 3.1% and 4.5%, respectively. A 100 basis point change in the effective interest rate of our variable rate debt in 
2021 would have increased interest expense approximately $6 million. 

We  also  maintain  a  significant  investment  portfolio  comprised  of  fixed-rate  interest-bearing  money  market  funds,  government  and 
municipal securities, corporate securities and mortgage and asset-backed securities. Changes in interest rates impact the fair value of 
these investments; however, these securities are designated as available-for-sale, and changes in fair value due to changes in interest 
rates are recognized as accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of equity, and does not impact net income. We have 
the intent and ability to hold securities to maturity and therefore, do not expect to recognize impairment losses on investment securities 
in an unrealized loss position.

Credit Risk
We  are  exposed  to  credit  risk  on  our  accounts  receivable  and  finance  receivable  balances.  This  risk  is  mitigated  due  to  our  large, 
diverse client base, dispersed over various geographic regions and industrial sectors. No single client comprised more than 10% of our 
consolidated  net  sales  in  2021  or  2020.  We  maintain  provisions  for  potential  credit  losses  based  on  historical  experience,  age  of 

27

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  27

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

receivable, current economic conditions and future outlook and other relevant factors that may impact our customers’ ability to pay. 
We continually evaluate the adequacy of our allowance for credit losses and adjust as necessary.

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules" in this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 

DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)), that are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in reports 
filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the 
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission’s  rules  and  forms,  and  to  reasonably  assure  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and 
communicated  to  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  (CEO)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (CFO),  to  allow  timely 
decisions regarding required disclosure.

Any system of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable (and not absolute) 
assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives.  Under  the  direction  of  our  CEO  and  CFO,  management  evaluated  the 
effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under 
the  Exchange  Act.  Notwithstanding  this  caution,  the  CEO  and  CFO  have  reasonable  assurance  that  the  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2021.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rules 
13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Management  assessed  the  effectiveness  of  the  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021  under  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control  -  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  and  concluded  that  the  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting was effective.

The  effectiveness  of  our 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report in this Form 10-K.  

internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2021  has  been  audited  by 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended December 31, 2021, that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, such internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

None.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  28

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

28

PART III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE   

Other than information regarding our executive officers disclosed in Part I of this Annual Report, the information required by this Item 
is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

Code of Ethics

We have Business Practices Guidelines (BPG) that apply to all our officers and other employees and a Code of Business Conduct and 
Ethics  (the  Code)  that  applies  to  our  Board  of  Directors.  The  BPG  and  the  Code  are  posted  on  our  corporate  governance  website 
located  at  www.pb.com/us/our-company/leadership-and-governance/corporate-governance.html.  Amendments  to  either  the  BPG  or 
the Code and any waiver from a provision of the BPG or the Code requiring disclosure will be disclosed on our corporate governance 
website.

Audit Committee - Audit Committee Financial Expert

The information regarding the Audit Committee, its members and the Audit Committee financial experts is incorporated by reference 
to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2022 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED   
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION TABLE

The  following  table  provides  information  as  of  December  31,  2021  regarding  the  number  of  shares  of  common  stock  that  may  be 
issued under our equity compensation plans.

(a)
Number of securities to 
be issued upon exercise 
of outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

(b)
Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)

11,120,069 

— 
11,120,069 

$10.64

— 
$10.64

119,940,056 

— 
119,940,056 

Plan Category

Equity compensation plans approved by 

security holders

Equity compensation plans not approved by 

security holders

Total

Other than information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans, the information required by this 
Item is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement to be filed in connection with the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2022 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  our  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  in  connection  with  the  2022 
Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  29

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

(a)(1) 
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Page 
Number in 
Form 10-K

37
38
39
40

41
42
87

(a)(2)  Exhibits

Reg. S-K
exhibits
3(a)

Description
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Pitney Bowes Inc.

3(b)

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Amended  and  Restated  By-laws  (effective  May  10, 
2013)

4

Description of Registered Securities

4(a)

Form of Indenture between the Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee

Status or incorporation by reference
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i)(a) to Form 8-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  September  30,  2019 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3(d)  to  Form  8-K 
filed  with 
the  Commission  on  May  13,  2013 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Exhibit 4

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.4  to  Registration 
Statement  on  Form  S-3  (No.  333-72304)  filed  with  the 
Commission on October 26, 2001

Supplemental  Indenture  No.  1  dated  April  18,  2003  between  the 
Company and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K 
filed with the Commission on August 18, 2004

First  Supplemental  Indenture,  by  and  among  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.,  The 
Bank  of  New  York,  and  Citibank,  N.A.,  to  the  Indenture,  dated  as  of 
February 14, 2005, by and between the Company and Citibank

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K 
filed  with 
the  Commission  on  October  24,  2007 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Supplemental  Indenture  No.  2  dated  as  of  February  26,  2020,  by  and 
between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee

Indenture, dated March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the 
guarantors party thereto and Truist Bank, as trustee, with respect to Pitney 
Bowes Inc.'s 6.875% Senior Notes due 2027. 
Indenture, dated March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., the 
guarantors party thereto and Truist Bank, as trustee, with respect to Pitney 
Bowes Inc.'s 7.250% Senior Notes due 2029.

10(a) * Retirement Plan for Directors of Pitney Bowes Inc.

10(b.3) * Pitney Bowes Inc. Directors' Stock Plan (Amended and Restated effective 

May 12, 2014)

10(c) *

Pitney Bowes Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 2002)

10(d) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. 2007 Stock Plan (as amended November 7, 2009)

10(e) *

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Key  Employees'  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended  and 
restated February 4, 2019)

10(f) *

Pitney Bowes Severance Plan (as amended and restated as of January 1, 
2008)

30

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  Form  8-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2020 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Form 8-K 
filed  with 
the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021 
(Commission file number 1-3579).
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Form 8-K 
filed  with 
the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021 
(Commission file number 1-3579).
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K 
filed  with 
the  Commission  on  March  30,  1993 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(b.3) to Form 10-
K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  February    20,  2015 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  1  to  the  Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  the  2002  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  26, 
2002 (Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  (v)  to  Form  10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2010 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  20,  2019 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  29,  2008 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

4(b)

4(d)

4(e)

4(f)

4(g)

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  30

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

PART IV

Reg. S-K
exhibits
10(g) *

Description
Pitney  Bowes  Senior  Executive  Severance  Policy  (as  amended  and 
restated as of February 4, 2019)

10(h) *

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Deferred  Incentive  Savings  Plan  for  the  Board  of 
Directors, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009

10(i) *

Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  Deferred  Incentive  Savings  Plan  as  amended  and 
restated effective January 1, 2009

10(j) *

Pitney Bowes Inc. 1998 U.K. S.A.Y.E. Stock Option Plan

10(k) *

Form of Long Term Incentive Award Agreement

10(m)* Pitney  Bowes  Director  Equity  Deferral  plan  dated  November  8,  2013 

(effective May 12, 2014)

10(o)*

Pitney Bowes Executive Equity Deferral Plan dated November 7, 2014

10(p)*

Pitney Bowes Inc. 2013 Stock Plan

10(q)* Amended and Restated Pitney Bowes Inc. 2018 Stock Plan

Status or incorporation by reference
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  20,  2019 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2009 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  26,  2009 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  II  to  the  Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  the  2006  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  23, 
2006 (Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  25,  2013 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February    22,  2016 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to Form 10-K 
filed  with  the  Commission  on  February    22,  2016 
(Commission file number 1-3579)
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  A  to  the  Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  the  2013  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  25, 
2013 (Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  A  to  the  Definitive 
Proxy  Statement  for  the  2019  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  18, 
2020 (Commission file number 1-3579)

10(r)

10(s)

10(t)

10(u)

18

21

23

31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Credit Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2019 (the "Credit 
Agreement"), among the company, the lenders and issuing banks party 
thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-
K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  November  5,  2019 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

First Incremental Facility Amendment, dated as of February 19, 2020, to 
the Credit Agreement, among the company, the lenders and issuing banks 
party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., administrative agent.

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-
K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  February  20,  2020 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

First Amendment, dated as of March 19, 2021, among Pitney Bowes Inc., 
the subsidiaries of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto, the lenders and 
issuing banks party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as 
administrative agent
First Refinancing Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2021, among Pitney 
Bowes Inc., the subsidiaries of Pitney Bowes Inc. party thereto and 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and refinancing 
tranche B term lender. 
Preferability letter on change in accounting principle

Subsidiaries of the registrant

Consent of independent registered accounting firm

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-
K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Form 8-
K  filed  with  the  Commission  on  March  23,  2021 
(Commission file number 1-3579)

Exhibit 18

Exhibit 21

Exhibit 23

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 
15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exhibit 31.1

Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  Rules  13a-14(a)  and 
15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exhibit 31.2

Certification  of  Chief  Executive  Officer  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 
1350
Certification  of  Chief  Financial  Officer  Pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 
1350

Exhibit 32.1

Exhibit 32.2

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  31

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

31

PART IV

Reg. S-K
exhibits

Description

Status or incorporation by reference

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

104

The cover page from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the 
year  ended  December  31,  2021,  formatted  in  Inline  XBRL  (included  as 
Exhibit 101).

* The Exhibits identified above with an asterisk (*) are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

The Company has outstanding certain other long-term indebtedness.  Such long-term indebtedness does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company; therefore, 
copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of such indebtedness are not included as exhibits.  The Company agrees to furnish copies of such instruments to the 
SEC upon request.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  32

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

32

PART IV

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: February 22, 2022 

  PITNEY BOWES INC.
Registrant

By: /s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
    Marc B. Lautenbach
    President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach

Title

Date

President and Chief Executive Officer - Director (Principal Executive 
Officer)

February 22, 2022

/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick                                      
Ana Maria Chadwick

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal 
Financial Officer)

February 22, 2022

/s/ Joseph R. Catapano
Joseph R. Catapano

/s/ Michael I. Roth
Michael I. Roth

/s/ Anne M. Busquet
Anne M. Busquet

/s/ Robert M. Dutkowsky
Robert M. Dutkowsky

/s/ Anne Sutherland Fuchs
Anne Sutherland Fuchs

/s/ Mary J. Steele Guilfoile
Mary J. Steele Guilfoile

/s/ S. Douglas Hutcheson
S. Douglas Hutcheson

/s/ Linda S. Sanford
Linda S. Sanford

/s/ David L. Shedlarz
David L. Shedlarz

/s/ Sheila A. Stamps
Sheila A. Stamps

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting 
Officer)

February 22, 2022

Non-Executive Chairman - Director

February 22, 2022

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

February 22, 2022

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  33

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

33

 
PART IV

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 238)     .........................................................................
Consolidated Financial Statements of Pitney Bowes Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Statement Schedule

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

Page 
Number

35

37
38
39

40
41
42

87

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  34

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

34

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Pitney Bowes Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  and  its  subsidiaries  (the  “Company”)  as  of 
December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income (loss), comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ 
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes and financial 
statement  schedule  listed  in  the  index  appearing  under  Item  15(a)(1)  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  “consolidated  financial 
statements”). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in 
our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for inventory 
in 2021 and the manner in which it accounts for credit losses on financial assets in 2020.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over 
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s 
Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  opinions  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We 
are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States)  (PCAOB)  and  are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules 
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits 
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. 

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the 
consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such 
procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well 
as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and 
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included 
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable 
basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in 
accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding 
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect 
on the financial statements.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  35

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

35

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections 
of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in 
conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements 
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are 
material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The 
communication  of  critical  audit  matters  does  not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  taken  as  a 
whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or 
on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Goodwill Impairment Assessment – Global Ecommerce Reporting Unit

As  described  in  Notes  1  and  9  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company’s  consolidated  goodwill  balance  was  $1,135 
million as of December 31, 2021, and the goodwill balance associated with the Global Ecommerce reporting unit was $395 million. 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner if circumstances indicate an 
impairment  may  exist.  The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  determines  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  and  compares  it  to  the 
reporting unit’s carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value an impairment 
loss is recognized for the difference, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. During the fourth quarter of 2021, management 
performed its annual goodwill impairment test to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of goodwill and determined that the 
fair value of the Global Ecommerce reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and therefore no impairment was recorded. As disclosed 
by management, the fair value of the Global Ecommerce reporting unit was estimated by management using a discounted cash flow 
model. Management’s cash flow projections included judgments and assumptions relating to revenue growth rates, projected operating 
income, and the discount rate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill impairment assessment of the 
Global Ecommerce reporting unit is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management when developing the fair 
value  of  the  reporting  unit;  (ii)  a  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment,  subjectivity,  and  effort  in  performing  procedures  and  evaluating 
management’s  significant  assumptions  related  to  revenue  growth  rates,  certain  forecasted  costs  included  in  the  determination  of 
projected operating income and the discount rate; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and 
knowledge.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion 
on  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  These  procedures  included  testing  the  effectiveness  of  controls  relating  to  management’s 
goodwill impairment assessment, including controls over the valuation of the Global Ecommerce reporting unit. These procedures also 
included, among others (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate; (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of 
the discounted cash flow model; (iii) testing the completeness and accuracy of underlying data used in the model; and (iv) evaluating 
the  reasonableness  of  the  significant  assumptions  used  by  management  related  to  the  revenue  growth  rates,  certain  forecasted  costs 
included in the determination of projected operating income, and the discount rate. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to 
revenue  growth  rates  and  certain  forecasted  costs  included  in  the  determination  of  projected  operating  income  involved  evaluating 
whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past performance of the reporting unit, 
(ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained 
in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of management’s 
discounted cash flow model and the discount rate assumption.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Stamford, Connecticut
February 22, 2022

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1934. 

36

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  36

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue:

Business services
Support services
Financing
Equipment sales
Supplies
Rentals

Total revenue
Costs and expenses:

Cost of business services
Cost of support services
Financing interest expense
Cost of equipment sales
Cost of supplies
Cost of rentals
Selling, general and administrative
Research and development
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
Goodwill impairment
Interest expense, net
Other components of net pension and postretirement cost (income)
Other expense, net

Total costs and expenses

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes
(Benefit) provision for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations
(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax
Net (loss) income
Basic (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Net (loss) income

Diluted (loss) earnings per share attributable to common stockholders (1):

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations
Net (loss) income 

(1)

The sum of the earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,334,674 
460,888 
294,418 
350,138 
159,438 
74,005 
3,673,561 

2,034,477 
149,706 
47,059 
251,914 
43,980 
24,427 
924,163 
46,777 
19,003 
— 
96,886 
1,010 
41,574 
3,680,976 
(7,415) 
(10,922) 
3,507 
(4,858) 
(1,351)  $ 

$ 

0.02 
(0.03) 
(0.01)  $ 

$ 

0.02 
(0.03) 
(0.01)  $ 

$ 

2,191,306 
473,292 
341,034 
314,882 
159,282 
74,279 
3,554,075 

1,904,078 
149,988 
48,162 
235,153 
41,679 
25,600 
963,323 
38,384 
20,712 
198,169 
105,753 
(1,708) 
8,151 
3,737,444 
(183,369) 
7,122 
(190,491) 
10,115 

(180,376)  $ 

(1.11)  $ 
0.06 
(1.05)  $ 

(1.11)  $ 
0.06 
(1.05)  $ 

1,710,801 
506,187 
368,090 
352,104 
187,287 
80,656 
3,205,125 

1,389,569 
162,300 
44,648 
244,620 
49,882 
31,530 
1,003,989 
51,258 
69,606 
— 
110,910 
(4,225) 
24,306 
3,178,393 
26,732 
(13,127) 
39,859 
154,460 
194,319 

0.23 
0.88 
1.10 

0.22 
0.87 
1.10 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

37

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  37

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)

Net (loss) income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

Foreign currency translations, net of tax of $(767), $2,374 and $3,071, respectively
Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $1,738, $(583) and $49, 

respectively

Net unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale securities, net of tax of $(2,217), $(816) 

and $1,970, respectively

Adjustments to pension and postretirement plans, net of tax of $17,986, $(20,440) and 

$(1,270), respectively

Amortization of pension and postretirement costs, net of tax of $12,755, $11,930 and 

$9,497, respectively

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

Comprehensive income (loss)

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

(1,351) 

$ 

(180,376) 

$ 

194,319 

(34,168) 

37,252 

75,319 

5,214 

(6,651) 

(1,748) 

(2,447) 

146 

5,910 

54,618 

(70,623) 

(845) 

39,806 

58,819 

38,578 

1,012 

$ 

57,468 

$ 

(179,364) 

$ 

28,288 

108,818 

303,137 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

38

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  38

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except share amounts)

ASSETS
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents

Short-term investments (includes $2,658 and $18,974, respectively, reported at fair value)
Accounts and other receivables (net of allowance of $11,168 and $18,899 respectively)
Short-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $12,812 and $18,012, respectively)
Inventories
Current income taxes
Other current assets and prepayments

Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Rental property and equipment, net
Long-term finance receivables (net of allowance of $13,406 and $17,857, respectively)
Goodwill
Intangible assets, net
Operating lease assets
Noncurrent income taxes
Other assets (includes $318,754 and $355,799, respectively, reported at fair value)
Total assets

LIABILITIES  AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Customer deposits at the Bank
Current operating lease liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt
Advance billings
Current income taxes

Total current liabilities
Long-term debt
Deferred taxes on income
Tax uncertainties and other income tax liabilities
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities
Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 16)

Stockholders' equity:

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

$ 

732,480 

$ 

921,450 

14,440 
334,630 
560,680 
78,588 
13,894 
157,341 
1,892,053 
429,162 
34,774 
587,427 
1,135,103 
132,442 
208,428 
68,398 
471,084 
4,958,871 

922,543 
632,062 
40,299 
24,739 
99,280 
9,017 
1,727,940 
2,299,099 
286,445 
31,935 
192,092 
308,728 
4,846,239 

$ 

$ 

18,974 
389,240 
568,050 
71,480 
23,219 
120,145 
2,112,558 
391,280 
38,435 
605,292 
1,152,285 
159,839 
201,916 
71,244 
491,514 
5,224,363 

880,616 
617,200 
39,182 
216,032 
114,550 
2,880 
1,870,460 
2,348,361 
279,451 
38,163 
180,292 
437,015 
5,153,742 

$ 

$ 

Common stock, $1 par value (480,000,000 shares authorized; 323,337,912 shares issued)
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock, at cost (148,606,517 and 151,362,724 shares, respectively)

Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

323,338 
2,485 
5,169,270 
(780,312) 
(4,602,149) 
112,632 
4,958,871 

$ 

323,338 
68,502 
5,205,421 
(839,131) 
(4,687,509) 
70,621 
5,224,363 

$ 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

39

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  39

March 1, 2022  17:28:28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net (loss) income
Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$ 

(1,351) 
4,858 

$ 

(180,376) 
(10,115) 

$ 

194,319 
(154,460) 

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

Depreciation and amortization
Allowance for credit losses
Stock-based compensation
Amortization of debt fees
Loss on debt refinancing
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
Restructuring payments
Pension contributions and retiree medical payments
(Gain) loss on sale of assets/businesses
Goodwill impairment
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions/divestitures:
Accounts and other receivables
Finance receivables
Inventories
Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Current and noncurrent income taxes
Advance billings
Other, net

Net cash from operating activities: continuing operations
Net cash from operating activities: discontinued operations
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Capital expenditures
Purchases of investment securities
Proceeds from sales/maturities of investment securities
Net investment in loan receivables
Proceeds from sale of assets/businesses, net of cash sold
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Other investing activities

Net cash from investing activities: continuing operations
Net cash from investing activities: discontinued operations
Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from the issuance of debt, net of discount
Principal payments of debt
Premiums and fees to refinance debt
Dividends paid to stockholders
Customer deposits at the Bank
Common stock repurchases
Other financing activities

Net cash from financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

162,859 
7,808 
20,862 
7,163 
56,209 
19,003 
(21,990) 
(27,534) 
(11,635) 
— 
(19,883) 

37,503 
20,934 
(8,008) 
(1,184) 
57,780 
2,971 
(14,029) 
9,179 
301,515 
— 
301,515 

(184,042) 
(74,923) 
97,358 
(6,288) 
29,413 
(14,996) 
— 
(153,478) 
(1,773) 
(155,251) 

160,625 
42,193 
17,476 
10,871 
36,987 
20,712 
(20,014) 
(31,828) 
(21,969) 
198,169 
15,280 

(47,236) 
70,505 
1,582 
(19,581) 
94,851 
8,622 
11,009 
(17,879) 
339,884 
(37,912) 
301,972 

(104,987) 
(596,841) 
576,536 
(4,174) 
58,248 
(6,608) 
4,636 
(73,190) 
(2,502) 
(75,692) 

1,195,500 
(1,445,734) 
(50,763) 
(34,800) 
14,862 
— 
(9,436) 
(330,371) 
(4,863) 
(188,970) 
921,450 
732,480 

$ 

916,544 
(1,105,650) 
(32,645) 
(34,291) 
26,082 
— 
(5,411) 
(235,371) 
6,099 
(2,992) 
924,442 
921,450 

$ 

$ 

159,142 
28,488 
23,149 
10,482 
6,623 
69,606 
(27,148) 
(37,747) 
17,683 
— 
4,811 

(8,027) 
29,171 
(5,178) 
(27,096) 
22,081 
(40,119) 
(10,361) 
3,192 
258,611 
9,272 
267,883 

(137,253) 
(137,194) 
108,548 
(15,676) 
— 
(22,100) 
(8,905) 
(212,580) 
670,130 
457,550 

389,986 
(930,189) 
(4,704) 
(35,361) 
16,341 
(105,000) 
(1,372) 
(670,299) 
2,046 
57,180 
867,262 
924,442 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

40

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  40

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands)

Preferred
stock

Preference
stock

Common 
Stock

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital

Retained 
earnings

Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
loss

Treasury 
stock

Total equity 

Balance at December 31, 2018

$ 

1  $ 

396  $  323,338  $  121,475  $  5,279,682  $ 

(948,961)  $  (4,674,089)  $ 

101,842 

Cumulative effect of accounting change

Net income

Other comprehensive income

Cash dividends

Common ($0.20 per share)

Preference

Issuance of treasury stock

Conversions to common stock

Redemption of preferred/preference 

stock

Stock-based compensation

Repurchase of common stock

Balance at December 31, 2019

Cumulative effect of accounting change

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

Dividends ($0.20 per share)

Issuance of treasury stock

Stock-based compensation

Balance at December 31, 2020

Net loss

Other comprehensive income

Dividends  ($0.20 per share)

Issuance of treasury stock

Stock-based compensation

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(130) 

(1) 

(266) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(43,062) 

(2,804) 

(10) 

23,149 

— 

3,348 

194,319 

— 

— 

— 

108,818 

(35,353) 

(8) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

41,378 

2,934 

— 

— 

3,348 

194,319 

108,818 

(35,353) 

(8) 

(1,684) 

— 

(277) 

23,149 

(105,000) 

(105,000) 

323,338 

98,748 

  5,441,988 

(840,143) 

(4,734,777) 

289,154 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(47,722) 

17,476 

(21,900) 

(180,376) 

— 

— 

— 

1,012 

(34,291) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

47,268 

— 

323,338 

68,502 

  5,205,421 

(839,131) 

(4,687,509) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

(86,879) 

20,862 

(1,351) 

— 

(34,800) 

— 

— 

— 

58,819 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

85,360 

— 

(21,900) 

(180,376) 

1,012 

(34,291) 

(454) 

17,476 

70,621 

(1,351) 

58,819 

(34,800) 

(1,519) 

20,862 

Balance at December 31, 2021

$ 

—  $ 

—  $  323,338  $ 

2,485  $  5,169,270  $ 

(780,312)  $  (4,602,149)  $ 

112,632 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

41

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  41

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The  accompanying  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  Pitney  Bowes  Inc.  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  (we,  us,  our,  or  the 
company) have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). 
Intercompany  transactions  and  balances  have  been  eliminated.  Certain  prior  year  amounts  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the 
current year presentation.

Effective October 1, 2021, we elected to adopt the FIFO inventory valuation methodology where we had previously valued inventory 
on a last-in, first-out (LIFO) basis. We believe that the FIFO basis provides a better matching of revenues and expenses, more closely 
resembles  the  physical  flow  of  inventory,  provides  a  consistent  valuation  methodology  throughout  our  locations  and  improves 
comparability  with  industry  peers.  We  retrospectively  applied  this  change  in  accounting  principle  and  recorded  a  cumulative  effect 
adjustment to increase the 2019 opening inventory balance by $4 million and retained earnings by $3 million (net of tax). Financial 
statements  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019  and  at  December  31,  2020  have  been  recast  and  the  impact  on  our 
previously issued financial statements is presented in the following tables. Had we not elected to adopt the FIFO inventory valuation 
methodology,  2021  cost  of  equipment  sales  would  have  been  approximately  $2  million  higher  and  inventory  would  have  been 
approximately $2 million lower.  

Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)

Cost of equipment sales

Total costs and expenses

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net (loss) income

Basic (loss) earnings per share - continuing operations

Basic (loss) earnings per share 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share - continuing operations

Diluted (loss) earnings per share 

Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)

Cost of equipment sales

Total costs and expenses

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations

Net (loss) income

Basic (loss) earnings per share - continuing operations

Basic (loss) earnings per share 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share - continuing operations

Diluted (loss) earnings per share 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised 

$ 

236,716  $ 

(1,563)  $ 

235,153 

$  3,739,007  $ 

(1,563)  $  3,737,444 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(184,932)  $ 

1,563  $ 

(183,369) 

6,727  $ 

395  $ 

7,122 

(191,659)  $ 

1,168  $ 

(190,491) 

(181,544)  $ 

1,168  $ 

(180,376) 

(1.12)  $ 

(1.06)  $ 

(1.12)  $ 

(1.06)  $ 

0.01  $ 

0.01  $ 

0.01  $ 

0.01  $ 

(1.11) 

(1.05) 

(1.11) 

(1.05) 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised 

$ 

244,210  $ 

410  $ 

244,620 

$  3,177,983  $ 

410  $  3,178,393 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

27,142  $ 

(13,007)  $ 
40,149  $ 

194,609  $ 
0.23  $ 

1.10  $ 
0.23  $ 

1.10  $ 

(410)  $ 

(120)  $ 
(290)  $ 

(290)  $ 
—  $ 

—  $ 
(0.01)  $ 

—  $ 

26,732 

(13,127) 
39,859 

194,319 
0.23 

1.10 
0.22 

1.10 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  42

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

42

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Inventories

Total current assets

Noncurrent income taxes

Total assets

Retained earnings

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Net (loss) income

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

(Increase) decrease in inventories

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

Net (loss) income

Deferred tax (benefit) provision

(Increase) decrease in inventories

Use of Estimates

December 31, 2020

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised 

$ 
65,845  $ 
$  2,106,923  $ 
$ 
72,653  $ 
$  5,220,137  $ 
$  5,201,195  $ 
66,395  $ 
$ 

5,635  $ 
71,480 
5,635  $  2,112,558 
(1,409)  $ 
71,244 
4,226  $  5,224,363 
4,226  $  5,205,421 
70,621 
4,226  $ 

$  5,220,137  $ 

4,226  $  5,224,363 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(181,544)  $ 

1,168  $ 

(180,376) 

14,885  $ 

395  $ 

3,145  $ 

(1,563)  $ 

15,280 

1,582 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

As Previously 
Reported

Adjustments

As Revised 

$ 

$ 

$ 

194,609  $ 

(290)  $ 

194,319 

4,931  $ 

(5,588)  $ 

(120)  $ 

4,811 

410  $ 

(5,178) 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP  requires  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the 
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and accompanying disclosures, including the disclosure of contingent assets 
and liabilities. These estimates and assumptions are based on management's best knowledge of current events, historical experience 
and other information available when the financial statements are prepared. These estimates include, but are not limited to, goodwill 
and intangible asset impairment review, deferred tax asset valuation allowance, income tax reserves, revenue recognition for multiple 
element arrangements, pension and other postretirement costs, allowance for credit losses, residual values of leased assets, useful lives 
of long-lived and intangible assets, restructuring costs, the allocation of purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired in business 
combinations,  stock-based  compensation  expense  and  loss  contingencies.  Actual  results  could  differ  from  those  estimates  and 
assumptions.  

Cash Equivalents 

Cash equivalents include interest-earning investments with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. 

Marketable Securities 

Marketable investment securities are classified as available-for-sale or hold-to-maturity. Investment securities classified as available-
for-sale  are  recorded  at  fair  value  with  changes  in  fair  value  due  to  market  conditions  (i.e.,  interest  rates)  recorded  in  accumulated 
other comprehensive loss (AOCL), and changes in fair value due to credit conditions recorded in earnings. Purchase premiums and 
discounts are amortized using the effective interest method over the term of the security. Gains and losses on the sale of available-for-
sale securities are recorded on the trade date using the specific identification method. There were no unrealized losses due to credit 
losses charged to earnings in 2021, 2020, or 2019. 

Investment securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are 
carried at amortized cost. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  43

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

43

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Accounts and Other Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Accounts  receivable  are  generally  due  within  30  days  after  the  invoice  date.  We  provide  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  based  on 
historical loss experience, the age of the receivables, specific troubled accounts and other currently available information. 

Accounts receivable are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the 
account to be uncollectible, or when they are 365 days past due, if sooner. We believe that our accounts receivable credit risk is low 
because  of  the  geographic  and  industry  diversification  of  our  clients  and  small  account  balances  for  most  of  our  clients.  We 
continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and adjust as necessary. 

Finance Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses

Finance  receivables  are  comprised  of  sales-type  leases,  secured  loans  and  unsecured  loans.  Sales-type  leases  and  secured  loans  are 
from financing options provided to clients for Pitney Bowes equipment or leasing of other manufacturers' equipment and are generally 
due  in  installments  over  periods  ranging  from  three  to  five  years.  Unsecured  loans  comprise  revolving  credit  lines  offered  to  our 
clients for postage and supplies and working capital purposes. These revolving credit lines are generally due monthly; however, clients 
may rollover outstanding balances. Interest is recognized on finance receivables using the effective interest method. Annual fees are 
recognized ratably over the annual period covered and client acquisition costs are expensed as incurred. 

We provide an allowance for credit losses based on historical loss experience, the nature of our portfolios, adverse situations that may 
affect  a  client's  ability  to  pay  and  current  economic  conditions  and  outlook  based  on  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  We 
continually evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for credit losses and adjust as necessary. 

Credit approval limits are established based on the credit quality of the client and the type of equipment financed. We cease financing 
revenue recognition for lease receivables that are more than 120 days past due and for unsecured loan receivables that are more than 
90 days past due. Revenue recognition is resumed when the client's payments reduce the account aging to less than 60 days past due. 
Finance receivables are written off against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and management deems the 
account  to  be  uncollectible.  We  believe  that  our  finance  receivable  credit  risk  is  low  because  of  the  geographic  and  industry 
diversification of our clients and small account balances for most of our clients. 

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis  or net realizable value.  

Fixed Assets

Property, plant and equipment and rental equipment are stated at cost and depreciated principally using the straight-line method over 
their estimated useful lives, which are 50 years for buildings, 10 to 20 years for building improvements, up to 3 years for internal use 
software development costs, 3 to 12 years for machinery and equipment and 4 to 6 years for rental equipment. Major improvements 
that add to the productive capacity or extend the life of an asset are capitalized while repairs and maintenance are charged to expense. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. Fully depreciated 
assets are retained in fixed assets and accumulated depreciation until they are removed from service.

Intangible Assets

Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives of up to 10 years.

Deferred Costs

Certain incremental costs to obtain a contract are capitalized if we expect the benefit of those costs to be realized over a period greater 
than one year. These costs primarily relate to sales commissions on multi-year equipment and Global Ecommerce contracts and are 
amortized in a manner consistent with the timing of the related revenue over the contract performance period or longer, if renewals are 
expected and the renewal commission is not commensurate with the initial commission. Unamortized deferred costs at December 31, 
2021 and December 31, 2020, included in other assets, were $48 million and $40 million, respectively. Amortization expense for these 
costs for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $18 million, $10 million and $7 million, respectively. 

Revenue Recognition 

We derive revenue from multiple sources including sales, rentals, financing and services. Certain transactions are consummated at the 
same time and can therefore generate revenue from multiple sources. The most common form of these transactions involves a sale or 
noncancelable lease of equipment, meter services and an equipment maintenance agreement. We determine whether each product and 
service  within  the  contract  should  be  treated  as  a  separate  performance  obligation  (unit  of  accounting)  for  revenue  recognition 
purposes. For contracts that include multiple performance obligations, the transaction price is allocated based on relative standalone 
selling prices (SSP), which are a range of selling prices that we would sell a product or service to a customer on a separate basis. SSP 
are  established  for  each  performance  obligation  at  the  inception  of  the  contract  and  can  be  observable  prices  or  estimated.  The 

44

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  44

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

allocation  of  the  transaction  price  to  the  various  performance  obligations  impacts  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition,  but  does  not 
change the total revenue recognized. More specifically, revenue related to our offerings is recognized as follows:

Business services
Business  services  includes  fulfillment,  delivery  and  return  services,  cross-border  solutions,  mail  processing  services  and  shipping 
subscription  solutions,  Revenue  for  fulfillment,  delivery  and  return  services,  cross-border  solutions  and  mail  processing  services  is 
recognized over time using an output method based on the number of parcels or mail pieces either processed or delivered, depending 
on the service type, since that measure best depicts the value of goods and services transferred to the client over the contract period. 
Revenue  for  shipping  subscription  solutions  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  contract  period  as  the  client  obtains  equal  benefit  from 
these services through the period. We review third party relationships and record revenue on a gross basis when we act as a principal 
in  a  transaction  and  on  a  net  basis  when  we  act  as  an  agent  between  a  client  and  vendor.  In  determining  whether  we  are  acting  as 
principal or agent, we consider several factors such as whether we are the primary obligor to the client or have control over pricing.  

Support services
Support services revenue includes revenue from maintenance, professional and subscription services for our mailing equipment and 
professional services for our digital delivery services. Revenue is allocated to these services using selling prices charged in standalone 
replacement  and  renewal  transactions.  Revenue  for  maintenance  and  subscription  services  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  contract 
period and revenue for professional services is recognized when services are provided.

Financing
We provide financing for our products primarily through sales-type leases and revolving lines of credit for the purchase of postage and 
supplies. Financing revenue also includes finance income, late fees and investment income, gains and losses at the Bank. We record 
financing income over the lease term using the effective interest method. Financing revenue also includes amounts related to sales-
type leases that customers have extended or renewed for an additional term. Revenue for these contracts is recognized over the term of 
the modified lease using the effective interest method. We believe that our sales-type lease portfolio contains only normal collection 
risk.

Equipment residual values are determined at the inception of the lease using management's best estimate of fair value at the end of the 
lease  term.  Fair  value  estimates  are  determined  based  on  historical  renewal  experience,  used  equipment  markets,  competition  and 
technological  changes.  We  evaluate  residual  values  on  an  annual  basis  or  sooner  if  circumstances  warrant.  Declines  in  estimated 
residual values considered "other-than-temporary" are recognized immediately. Increases in estimated future residual values are not 
recognized until the equipment is remarketed. 

Equipment sales
We  sell  and  lease  equipment  directly  to  customers  and  to  distributors  (re-sellers)  throughout  the  world.  The  amount  of  revenue 
allocated  to  the  equipment  is  based  on  a  range  of  observable  selling  prices  in  standalone  transactions.  Revenue  from  the  sale  of 
equipment under sales-type leases is recognized as control of the equipment transfers to the customer, which is upon shipment for self-
installed  products  and  upon  installation  or  customer  acceptance  for  other  products.  Revenue  from  the  direct  sale  of  equipment  is 
recognized  as  control  of  the  equipment  transfers  to  the  customer,  which  is  upon  delivery  for  self-installed  products  and  upon 
installation or customer acceptance for other products. We do not typically offer any rights of return.

Supplies

Supplies revenue includes revenue from supplies for our mailing equipment and is recognized upon delivery.

Rentals

Rentals revenue includes revenue from mailing equipment that does not meet the criteria to be accounted for as a sales-type lease. We 
may invoice in advance for rentals according to the terms of the agreement. Advanced billings are initially deferred and recognized on 
a straight-line basis over the billing period. Revenue generated from financing clients for the continued use of equipment subsequent 
to the expiration of the original lease is recognized as rentals revenue. 

Shipping and Handling

Shipping and handling costs are recognized as costs of revenue as incurred.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Costs include research, development and engineering activities 
relating  to  the  development  of  new  products  and  solutions  and  enhancements  of  existing  products  and  solutions.  Costs  primarily 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  45

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

45

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

include  salaries,  benefits  and  other  employee-related  expenses,  materials,  contract  services,  information  systems  and  facilities  and 
equipment costs. 

Restructuring Charges

Costs associated with restructuring actions primarily include employee severance and related separation costs and contract termination 
costs, primarily real estate leases. Employee severance and related costs are recognized when a liability is incurred, which is generally 
upon  communication  to  the  affected  employees,  and  the  amount  to  be  paid  is  both  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.  Severance 
accruals  are  based  on  company  policy,  historical  experience  and  negotiated  settlements.  Contract  termination  costs  for  real  estate 
leases are recognized as incurred.

Stock-based Compensation

We  primarily  issue  restricted  stock  units  and  non-qualified  stock  options  under  our  stock  award  plans.  Compensation  expense  for 
stock-based  awards  is  measured  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  awards  expected  to  vest  and  recognized  ratably  over  the 
requisite service period. The fair value of restricted stock units is estimated based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant 
date, less the present value of expected dividends. The fair value of non-qualified stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes 
valuation  model.  We  believe  that  these  valuation  techniques  and  the  underlying  assumptions  are  appropriate  in  estimating  the  fair 
value of stock awards. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant to recognize expense for those awards that are expected to vest 
and  are  based  on  our  historical  forfeiture  rates.  Stock-based  compensation  expense  is  recognized  primarily  in  selling,  general  and 
administrative expense.

Retirement Plans

Net periodic benefit cost includes current service cost, interest cost, expected return on plan assets and the amortization of actuarial 
gains  and  losses.  Actuarial  gains  and  losses  arise  from  actual  results  that  differ  from  previous  assumptions  and  changes  in 
assumptions. The expected return on plan assets is based on a market-related valuation of plan assets where differences between the 
actual and expected return on plan assets are recognized over a five-year period. Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in other 
comprehensive loss, net of tax, and amortized to benefit cost primarily over the life expectancy of plan participants. The funded status 
of pension and other postretirement benefit plans is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. 

Impairment Review 

Long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use 
and  eventual  disposition  of  the  asset  is  compared  to  the  asset's  carrying  value.  The  fair  value  of  the  asset  is  determined  using 
probability  weighted  expected  cash  flow  estimates,  derived  from  our  long-term  business  plans  and  historical  experience,  quoted 
market prices when available and appraisals, as appropriate.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment at the reporting unit level during the fourth quarter or sooner if circumstances indicate an 
impairment  may  exist.  The  impairment  test  for  goodwill  determines  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  and  compares  it  to  the 
reporting  unit's  carrying  value,  including  goodwill.  If  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  exceeds  the  carrying  value  of  the  net  assets 
assigned  to  that  reporting  unit,  goodwill  is  not  impaired  and  no  further  testing  is  required.  If  the  carrying  value  of  the  net  assets 
assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the goodwill impairment loss is calculated as the difference 
between these amounts, limited to the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit.

During the fourth quarter of 2021, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test to assess the recoverability of the carrying value 
of goodwill and determined that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and no impairment was recorded.

Derivative Instruments 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. We 
limit these risks by following established risk management policies and procedures, including the use of derivatives. We use derivative 
instruments to limit the effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations on financial results and manage the related cost of debt. We do 
not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes.  

Derivative  instruments  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  reported  as  assets  and  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  as 
applicable. The accounting for changes in fair value depends on the intended use of the derivative, the resulting designation and the 
effectiveness  of  the  instrument  in  offsetting  the  risk  exposure  it  is  designed  to  hedge.  To  qualify  as  a  hedge,  a  derivative  must  be 
highly  effective  in  offsetting  the  risk  designated  for  hedging  purposes.  The  hedge  relationship  must  be  formally  documented  at 
inception, detailing the particular risk management objective and strategy for the hedge. The effectiveness of the hedge relationship is 
evaluated on a retrospective and prospective basis.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  46

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

46

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The use of derivative instruments exposes us to counterparty credit risk. To mitigate such risks, we only enter into agreements with 
financial institutions that meet stringent credit requirements. We regularly review our credit exposure and the creditworthiness of our 
counterparties. We have not seen a material change in the creditworthiness of our derivative counterparties.

Income Taxes

We  recognize  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax 
rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. 
The  effect  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  on  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the 
enactment date of such change. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be 
realized.  In  estimating  the  necessity  and  amount  of  a  valuation  allowance,  we  consider  all  available  evidence  for  each  jurisdiction, 
including  historical  operating  results,  estimates  of  future  taxable  income  and  the  feasibility  of  ongoing  tax  planning  strategies.  We 
adjust  the  valuation  allowance  through  income  tax  expense  when  new  information  becomes  available  that  would  alter  our 
determination of the amount of deferred tax assets that will ultimately be realized.

Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Diluted 
earnings per share is computed based on the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the year plus the dilutive 
effect of common stock equivalents.

Translation of Non-U.S. Currency Amounts

In  general,  the  functional  currency  of  our  foreign  operations  is  the  local  currency.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  subsidiaries  operating 
outside the U.S. are translated at rates in effect at the end of the period and revenue and expenses are translated at average monthly 
rates during the period. Net deferred translation gains and losses are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive 
loss.  

Loss Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. On a 
quarterly basis, we review the status of each significant matter and assess the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from 
any claim or legal action is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated, we establish a liability for the estimated loss. The 
assessment of the ultimate outcome of each claim or legal action and the determination of the potential financial exposure requires 
significant judgment. Estimates of potential liabilities for claims or legal actions are based only on information that is available at that 
time. As additional information becomes available, we may revise our estimates, and these revisions could have a material impact on 
our results of operations and financial position. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

New Accounting Pronouncements

New Accounting Pronouncements - Standards Adopted in 2021
In  January  2021,  we  adopted  ASU  2019-12,  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  The  ASU  simplifies  the  accounting  for 
income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles and also clarifies and amends existing guidance. The adoption 
of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2021,  we  adopted  ASU  2021-08,  Business  Combinations  (Topic  805):  Accounting  for  Contract  Assets  and  Contract 
Liabilities from Contracts with Customers. The ASU requires that an entity (the acquirer) recognize and measure contract assets and 
contract  liabilities  acquired  in  a  business  combination  in  accordance  with  ASC  606.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  did  not  have  a 
material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

New Accounting Pronouncements - Standards Not Yet Adopted
In  March  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-04,  Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the  Effects  of  Reference  Rate 
Reform  on  Financial  Reporting.  The  transition  to  new  reference  interest  rates  will  require  certain  contracts  to  be  modified  and  the 
ASU  is  intended  to  provide  temporary  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  to  U.S.  GAAP  guidance  on  contract  modifications  and 
hedge accounting to ease the financial reporting burdens related to the expected market transition from the London Interbank Offered 
Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates to alternative reference rates. The accommodations provided by the ASU are effective 
through December 31, 2022 and may be applied at the beginning of any interim period within that time frame. 

We have matched LIBOR-based debt with LIBOR based interest rate swaps and have elected to apply the practical expedient related 
to probability and the assessment of the effectiveness for future LIBOR-indexed cash flows, which assumes that the debt instrument 
will use the same index rate as its corresponding interest rate swap once a new reference rate is established to replace LIBOR. We may 
apply  other  expedients  as  additional  reference  rate  changes  occur.  We  continue  to  assess  the  impact  of  this  standard  on  our 
consolidated financial statements.

47

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  47

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Revenue 

Disaggregated Revenue

The following tables disaggregate our revenue by source and timing of recognition:

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Global 
Ecommerce

Presort 
Services

SendTech 
Solutions

Revenue from 
products and 
services

Revenue from 
leasing 
transactions 
and financing

Total 
consolidated 
revenue

Revenue from products and services

Business services

Support services

Financing 

Equipment sales

Supplies

Rentals

Subtotal

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

Financing 

Equipment sales

Rentals

     Total revenue

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time

Products/services transferred over time

      Total

Revenue from products and services

Business services

Support services

Financing 

Equipment sales

Supplies

Rentals

Subtotal

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

Financing 

Equipment sales

Rentals

     Total revenue

$ 1,702,580  $  573,480  $  58,614  $ 2,334,674  $ 
460,888   

—  $ 2,334,674 
460,888 
—   
294,418 
—    294,418   
350,138 
91,015    259,123   
159,438 
—   
159,438   
74,005 
74,005   
—   
  1,702,580    573,480    769,955    3,046,015  $  627,546  $ 3,673,561 

—    460,888   
—   
—   
—   
91,015   
—    159,438   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   
—   

294,418 
—    294,418   
259,123 
—    259,123   
74,005 
74,005   
—   
$ 1,702,580  $  573,480  $ 1,397,501  $ 3,673,561 

—  $ 

$ 
—  $  318,077  $  318,077 
  1,702,580    573,480    451,878    2,727,938 
$ 1,702,580  $  573,480  $  769,955  $ 3,046,015 

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Global 
Ecommerce

Presort 
Services

SendTech 
Solutions

Revenue from 
products and 
services

Revenue from 
leasing 
transactions 
and financing

Total 
consolidated 
revenue

$ 1,618,897  $  521,212  $  51,197  $ 2,191,306  $ 
—    473,292    473,292   
—   
—   
—   
74,660   
—    159,282    159,282   
—   
—   
—   

—  $ 2,191,306 
—    473,292 
—    341,034    341,034 
74,660    240,222    314,882 
—    159,282 
74,279 
  1,618,897    521,212    758,431    2,898,540  $  655,535  $ 3,554,075 

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

74,279   

—   
—   
—   

—    341,034    341,034 
—    240,222    240,222 
74,279 
—   
$ 1,618,897  $  521,212  $ 1,413,966  $ 3,554,075 

74,279   

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time

Products/services transferred over time

      Total

—  $ 

—  $  293,648  $  293,648 
$ 
  1,618,897    521,212    464,783    2,604,892 
$ 1,618,897  $  521,212  $  758,431  $ 2,898,540 

48

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  48

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Global 
Ecommerce

Presort 
Services

SendTech 
Solutions

Revenue from 
products and 
services

Revenue from 
leasing 
transactions 
and financing

Total 
consolidated 
revenue

Revenue from products and services

Business services

Support services

Financing 

Equipment sales

Supplies

Rentals

Subtotal

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing

Financing 

Equipment sales

Rentals

     Total revenue

$ 1,151,510  $  529,588  $  29,703  $ 1,710,801  $ 
—    506,187    506,187   
—   
—   
—   
80,562   
—    187,287    187,287   
—   
—   
—   

—  $ 1,710,801 
—    506,187 
—    368,090    368,090 
80,562    271,542    352,104 
—    187,287 
80,656 
  1,151,510    529,588    803,739    2,484,837  $  720,288  $ 3,205,125 

—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

80,656   

—   
—   
—   

—    368,090    368,090 
—    271,542    271,542 
80,656 
—   
$ 1,151,510  $  529,588  $ 1,524,027  $ 3,205,125 

80,656   

Timing of revenue recognition from products and services

Products/services transferred at a point in time

$ 

—  $ 

—  $  334,046  $  334,046 

Products/services transferred over time

      Total

  1,151,510    529,588    469,693    2,150,791 
$ 1,151,510  $  529,588  $  803,739  $ 2,484,837 

Our performance obligations for revenue from products and services are as follows:

Business  services  includes  fulfillment,  delivery  and  return  services,  cross-border  solutions,  mail  processing  services  and  shipping 
subscription  solutions.  Revenue  for  fulfillment,  delivery  and  return  services,  cross-border  solutions  and  mail  processing  services  is 
recognized over time using an output method based on the number of parcels or mail pieces either processed or delivered, depending 
on the service type, since that measure best depicts the value of goods and services transferred to the client over the contract period. 
Contract terms for these services range from one to five years followed by annual renewal periods. Revenue for shipping subscription 
solutions is recognized ratably over the contract period as the client obtains equal benefit from these services through the period.

Support  services  includes  providing  maintenance,  professional  and  subscription  services  for  our  equipment  and  digital  mailing  and 
shipping technology solutions. Contract terms range from one to five years, depending on the term of the lease contract for the related 
equipment.  Revenue  for  maintenance  and  subscription  services  is  recognized  ratably  over  the  contract  period  and  revenue  for 
professional services is recognized when services are provided.

Equipment  sales  generally  includes  the  sale  of  mailing  and  shipping  equipment,  excluding  sales-type  leases.  We  recognize  revenue 
upon  delivery  for  self-install  equipment  and  upon  acceptance  or  installation  for  other  equipment.  We  provide  a  warranty  that  the 
equipment is free of defects and meets stated specifications. The warranty is not considered a separate performance obligation.

Supplies revenue includes revenue from supplies for our mailing equipment and is recognized upon delivery.

Revenue from leasing transactions and financing includes revenue from sales-type and operating leases, finance income, late fees and 
investment income, gains and losses at the Bank.  

Advance Billings from Contracts with Customers

Advance billings, current 
Advance billings, noncurrent 

Balance Sheet Location

Advance billings
Other noncurrent liabilities

December 31, 
2021

December 31, 
2020

Increase/ 
(decrease)

$ 
$ 

92,926  $  106,498  $ 
1,277  $ 
1,109  $ 

(13,572) 
(168) 

49

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  49

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Advance billings are recorded when cash payments are due in advance of our performance. Revenue is recognized ratably over the 
contract  term.  Items  in  advance  billings  primarily  relate  to  support  services  on  mailing  equipment.  Revenue  recognized  during  the 
twelve months ended December 31, 2021 includes $106 million of advance billings at the beginning of the period. Advance billings, 
current at December 31, 2021 and 2020 also includes $6 million and $8 million, respectively, from leasing transactions.  

Future Performance Obligations 
Future performance obligations include revenue streams bundled with our leasing contracts, primarily maintenance and subscription 
services. The transaction prices allocated to future performance obligations will be recognized as follows:

SendTech Solutions

$ 

276,314  $ 

196,265  $ 

213,395  $ 

685,974 

2022

2023

2024-2026

Total

The table above does not include revenue for performance obligations under contracts with terms less than 12 months or revenue for 
performance obligations where revenue is recognized based on the amount billable to the customer.

3. Segment Information

Our  reportable  segments  are  Global  Ecommerce,  Presort  Services  and  SendTech  Solutions.  The  principal  products  and  services  of 
each reportable segment are as follows:

Global  Ecommerce:  Includes  the  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  domestic  parcel  services,  cross-border  solutions  and  digital 
delivery services.

Presort  Services:  Includes  the  revenue  and  related  expenses  from  sortation  services  to  qualify  large  volumes  of  First  Class  Mail, 
Marketing Mail, Marketing Mail Flats and Bound Printed Matter for postal worksharing discounts.

SendTech Solutions: Includes the revenue and related expenses from physical and digital mailing and shipping technology solutions,
financing, services, supplies and other applications to help simplify and save on the sending, tracking and receiving of letters, parcels
and flats.

Management measures segment profitability and performance using segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT). Segment EBIT 
is calculated by deducting from segment revenue the related costs and expenses attributable to the segment. Segment EBIT excludes 
interest, taxes, general corporate expenses, restructuring charges, asset and goodwill impairment charges and other items not allocated 
to  a  particular  business  segment.  Costs  related  to  shared  assets  are  allocated  to  the  relevant  segments.  Management  believes  that  it 
provides  investors  a  useful  measure  of  operating  performance  and  underlying  trends  of  the  business.  Segment  EBIT  may  not  be 
indicative  of  our  overall  consolidated  performance  and  therefore,  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated  results  of 
operations. The following tables provide information about our reportable segments and reconciliation of segment EBIT to net (loss) 
income. As a result of change from LIFO to FIFO inventory valuation discussed in Note 1, SendTech Solutions EBIT for 2020 and 
2019 has also been recast.

Global Ecommerce

Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total revenue

Geographic data:
United States

Outside United States

Total revenue

Revenue

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$  1,702,580 

$  1,618,897 

$  1,151,510 

573,480 
1,397,501 

521,212 
1,413,966 

529,588 
1,524,027 

$  3,673,561 

$  3,554,075 

$  3,205,125 

$  3,114,905 

$  3,112,285 

$  2,745,928 

558,656 

441,790 

459,197 

$  3,673,561 

$  3,554,075 

$  3,205,125 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  50

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total segment EBIT
Reconciling items:
Interest, net
Unallocated corporate expenses
Restructuring charges and asset impairments
Goodwill impairment
Loss on debt refinancing
Gain (loss) on sale of assets/businesses
Transaction costs

Benefit (provision) for income taxes
Income (loss) from continuing operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income

Global Ecommerce

Presort Services

SendTech Solutions

Total for reportable segments

Corporate

Total depreciation and amortization

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services

SendTech Solutions
Total for reportable segments

Corporate
Total capital expenditures

EBIT

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

(98,673)  $ 
79,721 
429,415 

(82,894)  $ 
55,799 
442,648 

410,463 

415,553 

(70,146) 
70,693 
489,912 

490,459 

(143,945) 
(207,774) 
(19,003) 
— 
(56,209) 
11,635 
(2,582) 

10,922 
3,507 

(4,858) 

(153,915) 
(200,406) 
(20,712) 
(198,169) 
(36,987) 
11,908 
(641) 

(7,122) 
(190,491) 

10,115 

(155,558) 
(211,529) 
(69,606) 
— 
(6,623) 
(17,683) 
(2,728) 

13,127 
39,859 

154,460 

$ 

(1,351)  $ 

(180,376)  $ 

194,319 

Depreciation and amortization

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

79,128 

$ 

69,676 

$ 

27,243 

29,950 

136,321 

26,538 

31,769 

34,316 

135,761 

24,864 

68,385 

29,440 

39,758 

137,583 

21,559 

$ 

162,859 

$ 

160,625 

$ 

159,142 

Capital expenditures

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

89,488 
36,628 

26,028 
152,144 

31,898 
184,042 

$ 

$ 

$ 

46,427 
15,795 

28,823 
91,045 

13,942 
104,987 

$ 

53,374 
27,394 

32,276 
113,044 

24,209 
137,253 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  51

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Global Ecommerce
Presort Services
SendTech Solutions
Total for reportable segments
Cash and cash equivalents
Short-term investments

Assets of discontinued operations
Long-term investments
Other corporate assets

Consolidated assets

Identifiable long-lived assets:

United States
Outside United States
Total

Assets

December 31,

$ 

2020

994,554 
523,690 
2,071,028 
3,589,272 
921,450 
18,974 

— 
364,212 
330,455 
$  5,224,363 

2021

$  1,032,434 
479,392 
2,013,361 
3,525,187 
732,480 
14,440 

— 
333,052 
353,712 
$  4,958,871 

2019

$  1,102,313 
524,817 
2,156,806 
3,783,936 
924,442 
115,879 

17,229 
238,882 
389,590 
$  5,469,958 

$ 

$ 

658,070 
14,294 
672,364 

$ 

$ 

613,990 
17,641 
631,631 

$ 

$ 

596,694 
21,460 
618,154 

In 2021, $35 million of assets were transferred from Presort Services to Global Ecommerce. 

4. Discontinued Operations

Discontinued operations includes net working capital and other adjustments relating to the sale of Software Solutions business in 2019 
(except for the software business in Australia, which closed in January 2020), and the Production Mail business in 2018. Discontinued 
operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  also  includes  a  tax  charge  related  to  the  sale  of  the  Production  Mail  business. 
Discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2019 also includes the operating results of the Software Solutions business.

Selected financial information of discontinued operations is as follows:

Loss on sale 

Tax provision

$ 

(1,827)  $ 

—  $ 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

$ 

(1,827) 

3,031 

(4,858) 

Year Ended December 31, 2021

Software Solutions

Production Mail

Total

Gain (loss) on sale

Tax benefit
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Year Ended December 31, 2020

Software Solutions

Production Mail

Total

$ 

7,972  $ 

(167)  $ 

$ 

7,805 

(2,310) 
10,115 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  52

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

52

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
Gain (loss) on sale
Income (loss) from discontinued operations before taxes
Tax provision
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

5. Earnings per Share (EPS)

Year Ended December 31, 2019

Software Solutions

Production Mail

Total

$ 

$ 

$ 

272,565  $ 

—  $ 

272,565 

22,160  $ 
195,957 
218,117  $ 

(663)  $ 

(14,644) 
(15,307) 

$ 

21,497 
181,313 
202,810 
48,350 
154,460 

The calculations of basic and diluted earnings per share are presented below. The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal 
the totals due to rounding.

Numerator:

Income (loss) from continuing operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income (numerator for diluted EPS)

Less: Preference stock dividend

(Loss) income attributable to common stockholders (numerator for basic EPS)
Denominator:

Weighted-average shares used in basic EPS
Dilutive effect of common stock equivalents (1)
Weighted-average shares used in diluted EPS
Basic (loss) earnings per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share:

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations
Net (loss) income

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

3,507  $ 

(190,491)  $ 

(4,858)   

(1,351)   

— 

10,115 

(180,376)   

— 

39,859 

154,460 

194,319 

8 

$ 

(1,351)  $ 

(180,376)  $ 

194,311 

173,914 

5,191 

179,105 

171,519 

— 

171,519 

176,251 

1,198 

177,449 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.02  $ 

(0.03)   

(0.01)  $ 

0.02  $ 

(0.03)   
(0.01)  $ 

(1.11)  $ 

0.06 

(1.05)  $ 

(1.11)  $ 

0.06 
(1.05)  $ 

0.23 

0.88 

1.10 

0.22 

0.87 
1.10 

Common stock equivalents excluded from calculation of diluted earnings per 
share because their impact would be anti-dilutive:

6,514 

11,626 

15,751 

(1)  Due  to  the  loss  from  continuing  operations  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  common  stock  equivalents  of  2,483  were 
excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share as the impact would have been anti-dilutive.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  53

March 1, 2022  17:28:29

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Inventories

Inventories consisted of the following:

Raw materials
Supplies and service parts
Finished products

    Total inventory, net

7. Finance Assets and Lessor Operating Leases

Finance Assets

December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

22,352 
26,076 
30,160 
78,588 

$ 

$ 

16,570 
24,061 
30,849 
71,480 

All finance receivables are in our SendTech segment. We segregate our finance receivables into a North America portfolio and 
International portfolio. Finance receivables consisted of the following:

Sales-type lease receivables

Gross finance receivables

Unguaranteed residual values

Unearned income

Allowance for credit losses

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

North 
America

International

Total

North 
America

International

Total

$  958,440  $ 

187,831  $  1,146,271  $  994,985  $ 

211,944  $  1,206,929 

37,896 

10,717 

48,613 

36,405 

12,140 

48,545 

(246,381) 

(56,643) 

(303,024) 

(275,359) 

(61,686) 

(337,045) 

(19,546) 

(3,246) 

(22,792) 

(22,917) 

(6,006) 

(28,923) 

Net investment in sales-type lease receivables

730,409 

138,659 

869,068 

733,114 

156,392 

889,506 

Loan receivables

Loan receivables

262,310 

20,155 

282,465 

268,690 

22,092 

290,782 

Allowance for credit losses

(3,259) 

(167) 

(3,426) 

(6,484) 

(462) 

(6,946) 

Net investment in loan receivables

259,051 

19,988 

279,039 

262,206 

21,630 

283,836 

Net investment in finance receivables

$  989,460  $ 

158,647  $  1,148,107  $  995,320  $ 

178,022  $  1,173,342 

Maturities of finance receivables at December 31, 2021 were as follows:

2022
2023

2024
2025

2026
Thereafter

Total

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

North America

International

Total

North America

International

Total

$ 

379,948 
276,501 

177,005 
93,071 

31,092 
823 

$ 

75,525 
53,695 

32,799 
17,958 

6,508 
1,346 

$  455,473 
330,196 

$ 

226,322 
15,383 

$ 

20,155 
— 

$  246,477 
15,383 

209,804 
111,029 

37,600 
2,169 

12,278 
6,880 

1,447 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

12,278 
6,880 

1,447 
— 

$ 

958,440 

$  187,831 

$ 1,146,271 

$ 

262,310 

$ 

20,155 

$  282,465 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  54

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Allowance for Credit Losses 
Activity in the allowance for credit losses on finance receivables was as follows:

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

North
America

International

North
America

International

Total

$ 

Balance at December 31, 2018
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs 
Recoveries
Other
Balance at December 31, 2019
Cumulative effect of accounting change
Amounts charged to expense
Write-offs
Recoveries

Other
Balance at December 31, 2020
Amounts charged to expense

Write-offs

Recoveries

Other

$ 

10,253 
5,672 
(6,971) 
1,717 
249 
10,920 
9,271 
10,789 
(7,609) 
2,070 

(2,524) 
22,917 
648 

(7,120) 

3,097 

4 

$ 

2,355 
1,157 
(1,505) 
181 
(103) 
2,085 
1,750 
2,902 
(1,068) 
194 

143 
6,006 
(1,788) 

(846) 

173 

(299) 

$ 

6,777 
4,746 
(8,971) 
3,519 
(165) 
5,906 
(1,116) 
8,158 
(9,955) 
3,474 

17 
6,484 
(426) 

(6,045) 

3,245 

1 

$ 

837 
569 
(849) 
9 
174 
740 
(402) 
555 
(551) 
4 

116 
462 
19 

(302) 

3 

(15) 

20,222 
12,144 
(18,296) 
5,426 
155 
19,651 
9,503 
22,404 
(19,183) 
5,742 

(2,248) 
35,869 
(1,547) 

(14,313) 

6,518 

(309) 

Balance at December 31, 2021

$ 

19,546 

$ 

3,246 

$ 

3,259 

$ 

167 

$ 

26,218 

Aging of Receivables
The aging of gross finance receivables was as follows:

Amounts 0 - 90 days

Amounts > 90 days
Total

Amounts > 90 days

Still accruing interest

Not accruing interest

Total

Amounts 0 - 90 days

Amounts > 90 days
Total

Amounts > 90 days

Still accruing interest
Not accruing interest

Total

December 31, 2021

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

North
America

International

North
America

International

Total

950,138 

$ 

185,057 

$ 

258,514 

$ 

20,018 

$ 

1,413,727 

8,302 
958,440 

$ 

2,774 
187,831 

$ 

3,796 
262,310 

$ 

137 
20,155 

15,009 
1,428,736 

$ 

4,964 

$ 

682 

$ 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

3,338 
8,302 

$ 

2,092 
2,774 

$ 

3,796 
3,796 

$ 

137 
137 

$ 

5,646 

9,363 
15,009 

December 31, 2020

Sales-type Lease Receivables

Loan Receivables

North
America

International

North
America

International

Total

972,266 

$ 

208,968 

$ 

264,484 

$ 

21,932 

$ 

1,467,650 

22,719 
994,985 

5,128 
17,591 

$ 

$ 

2,976 
211,944 

463 
2,513 

$ 

$ 

4,206 
268,690 

1,797 
2,409 

$ 

$ 

22,719 

$ 

2,976 

$ 

4,206 

$ 

160 
22,092 

59 
101 

160 

$ 

$ 

$ 

30,061 
1,497,711 

7,447 
22,614 

30,061 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

55

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  55

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Credit Quality
The extension of credit and management of credit lines to new and existing clients uses a combination of a client's credit score, where 
available, a detailed manual review of their financial condition and payment history or an automated process. Once credit is granted, 
the payment performance of the client is managed through automated collections processes and is supplemented with direct follow up 
should an account become delinquent. We have robust automated collections and extensive portfolio management processes to ensure 
that our global strategy is executed, collection resources are allocated and enhanced tools and processes are implemented as needed.   

Over  85%  of  our  finance  receivables  are  within  our  North  American  portfolio.  We  use  a  third  party  to  score  the  majority  of  this 
portfolio on a quarterly basis using a proprietary commercial credit score. The relative scores are determined based on a number of 
factors, including financial information, payment history, company type and ownership structure. We stratify the third party's credit 
scores of our clients into low, medium and high-risk accounts. Due to timing and other issues, our entire portfolio may not be scored at 
period  end.  We  report  these  amounts  as  "Not  Scored";  however,  absence  of  a  score  is  not  indicative  of  the  credit  quality  of  the 
account. The third-party credit score is used to predict the payment behaviors of our clients and the probability that an account will 
become greater than 90 days past due during the subsequent 12-month period. 
•
• Medium risk accounts are companies with average to good credit scores and a predicted delinquency rate between 5% and 10%.
•

High  risk  accounts  are  companies  with  poor  credit  scores,  are  delinquent  or  are  at  risk  of  becoming  delinquent.  The  predicted 
delinquency rate would be greater than 10%.

Low risk accounts are companies with very good credit scores and a predicted delinquency rate of less than 5%. 

We do not use a third party to score our International portfolio because the cost to do so is prohibitive as there is no single credit score 
model that covers all countries. Accordingly, the entire International portfolio is reported in the Not Scored category. This portfolio 
comprises  approximately  15%  of  our  total  finance  receivables.  Most  of  our  International  credit  applications  are  small  dollar 
applications  (i.e.  below  $50  thousand)  and  are  subjected  to  an  automated  review  process.  Larger  credit  applications  are  manually 
reviewed, which includes obtaining client financial information, credit reports and other available information.

The table below shows the gross sales-type lease receivable and loan receivable balances by relative risk class and year of origination 
based on the relative scores of the accounts within each class as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.  

Sales Type Lease Receivables

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

Prior

Loan 
Receivables

Total

Low

Medium

High

Not Scored

$  274,191 

$  195,421 

$  162,479 

$  95,661 

$  33,698 

$  14,862 

$  192,161 

$  968,473 

43,403 

5,474 

45,644 

34,955 

5,017 

54,097 

31,038 

4,044 

47,973 

17,895 

2,708 

33,998 

6,981 

849 

19,161 

3,619 

889 

12,214 

55,708 

4,822 

29,774 

193,599 

23,803 

242,861 

Total

$  368,712 

$  289,490 

$  245,534 

$  150,262 

$  60,689 

$  31,584 

$  282,465 

$ 1,428,736 

Sales Type Lease Receivables

Low
Medium

High
Not Scored

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Prior

$  256,573 
50,785 

$  228,344 
49,946 

$  165,244 
37,168 

$  87,346 
21,388 

$  30,518 
6,470 

$  12,249 
2,375 

6,182 
80,854 

5,396 
77,362 

3,782 
48,704 

1,974 
24,291 

1,051 
7,813 

143 
971 

Loan 
Receivables

$  192,971 
61,625 

4,518 
31,668 

Total

$  973,245 
229,757 

23,046 
271,663 

Total

$  394,394 

$  361,048 

$  254,898 

$  134,999 

$  45,852 

$  15,738 

$  290,782 

$ 1,497,711 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  56

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Lease Income
Lease income from sales-type leases, excluding variable lease payments, was as follows:

Profit recognized at commencement 
Interest income
Total lease income from sales-type leases

Lessor Operating Leases

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

127,469 
186,532 
314,001 

$ 

$ 

117,359 
206,517 
323,876 

$ 

$ 

146,923 
229,719 
376,642 

We also lease mailing equipment under operating leases with terms of one to five years. Maturities of these operating leases are as 
follows:

2022

2023
2024

2025

2026
Thereafter

Total

8.  Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consisted of the following:

Land

Machinery and equipment

Capitalized software

Buildings and improvements

Accumulated depreciation

Property, plant and equipment, net

Rental property and equipment

Accumulated depreciation

Rental property and equipment, net

$ 

22,782 
13,607 
16,444 

4,185 

902 
59 

$ 

57,979 

December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

— 

$ 

9,333 

707,843 

488,837 

126,456 

617,748 

443,400 

203,788 

1,323,136 

1,274,269 

(893,974) 

(882,989) 

429,162 

$ 

391,280 

125,967 

$ 

145,954 

(91,193) 

(107,519) 

34,774 

$ 

38,435 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Depreciation  expense  was  $132  million,  $127  million  and  $123  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

In November 2021, we entered into an agreement to sell our Shelton, Connecticut facility and simultaneously entered into a ten year 
lease agreement. This transaction did not close as of December 31, 2021, and accordingly, the net book value for the building and land 
of $36 million was classified as assets held-for-sale in other current assets and prepayments in the December 31, 2021 Consolidated 
Balance Sheet. See also Note 21 Subsequent Events.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  57

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consisted of the following:

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Gross
Carrying
Amount

Accumulated
Amortization

Net
Carrying
Amount

Customer relationships

$ 

268,187  $ 

(141,492)  $ 

126,695  $ 

268,199  $ 

(115,010)  $ 

153,189 

Software & technology
Total intangible assets, net

21,981 
290,168  $ 

(16,234)   
(157,726)  $ 

5,747 
132,442  $ 

19,000 
287,199  $ 

(12,350)   
(127,360)  $ 

6,650 
159,839 

$ 

Amortization  expense  was  $30  million,  $33  million  and  $36  million  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

Future amortization expense for intangible assets at December 31, 2021 is as follows:

2022
2023
2024

2025

2026

Thereafter

Total

$ 

29,812 
26,962 
26,962 

20,302 

14,148 

14,256 

$ 

132,442 

Actual amortization expense may differ from the amounts above due to, among other things, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange 
rates, acquisitions, divestitures and impairment charges.

Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reporting segment are shown in the tables below. 

Global Ecommerce

Presort Services

SendTech Solutions

Total goodwill

Global Ecommerce

Presort Services
SendTech Solutions

Total goodwill

Goodwill 
before 
accumulated 
impairment

Accumulated 
impairment

December 31, 
2020

Acquisitions/
dispositions

FX Impact

$ 

609,431 

$ 

(198,169)  $ 

411,262 

$ 

(16,200)  $ 

220,992 

520,031 

— 

— 

220,992 

520,031 

— 

13,804 

(14,786) 

— 

— 

December 31, 
2021

$ 

395,062 

220,992 

519,049 

$  1,350,454 

$ 

(198,169)  $  1,152,285 

$ 

(2,396)  $ 

(14,786)  $  1,135,103 

December 31, 
2019

Acquisitions

Impairment

FX Impact

December 31, 
2020

$ 

609,431 

$ 

— 

$ (198,169)  $ 

— 

$ 

411,262 

212,529 
502,219 

8,463 
— 

— 
— 

— 
17,812 

220,992 
520,031 

$  1,324,179 

$ 

8,463 

$ (198,169)  $ 

17,812 

$  1,152,285 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2021,  we  sold  a  U.K.  based  software  consultancy  business  ("Tacit")  acquired  as  part  of  our  2017 
acquisition  of  Newgistics.  We  received  net  proceeds  of  $28  million  and  recognized  a  pre-tax  gain  of  $10  million  (after-tax  gain  of 
$4  million),  which  included  a  goodwill  allocation  of  $16  million  attributable  to  Tacit.  In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2021,  we  acquired 
CrescoData for $15 million in cash plus potential additional payments of up to $7 million based on the achievement of revenue targets 
during 2022-2024. CrescoData is a Singapore based, Platform-as-a-Service business that enables mapping and automating of product, 
stock and order data between platforms and is included in our SendTech Solutions segment. 

58

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  58

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Fair Value Measurements and Derivative Instruments

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is a market-based measure considered 
from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. An entity is required to classify certain assets and 
liabilities measured at fair value based on the following fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value: 

Level 1 –   Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2 –   Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities 
in active markets or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the 
full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 –   Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity, may be derived from internally developed 

methodologies based on management's best estimate of fair value and that are significant to the fair value of the asset or 
liability.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect 
its placement within the fair value hierarchy. The following tables show, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our financial assets 
and liabilities that are accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis. 

Assets:

Investment securities

Money market funds

Equity securities

Commingled fixed income securities

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Derivatives

Interest rate swap

Foreign exchange contracts

Total assets
Liabilities:

Derivatives

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2021

$ 

88,705  $ 

338,043  $ 

—  $ 

426,748 

— 

1,692 

9,790 

— 

— 

— 

— 

29,356 

16,815 

25,439 

65,167 

172,018 

3,103 

2,474 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

29,356 

18,507 

35,229 

65,167 

172,018 

3,103 

2,474 

$ 

100,187  $ 

652,415  $ 

—  $ 

752,602 

Foreign exchange contracts

Total liabilities

$ 

$ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(304)  $ 

(304)  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

(304) 

(304) 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  59

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Assets:

Investment securities

Money market funds 
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Derivatives

Foreign exchange contracts

Total assets
Liabilities:

Derivatives

Interest rate swaps
Foreign exchange contracts

Total liabilities

Investment Securities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

73,228  $ 
— 
1,722 
16,776 
— 
— 

434,791  $ 
26,583 
19,669 
16,757 
71,433 
220,678 

—  $ 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

508,019 
26,583 
21,391 
33,533 
71,433 
220,678 

— 
91,726  $ 

3,776 
793,687  $ 

— 
—  $ 

3,776 
885,413 

—  $ 
— 
—  $ 

(2,163)  $ 
(1,960)   
(4,123)  $ 

—  $ 
— 
—  $ 

(2,163) 
(1,960) 
(4,123) 

The  valuation  of  investment  securities  is  based  on  a  market  approach  using  inputs  that  are  observable,  or  can  be  corroborated  by 
observable data, in an active marketplace. The following information relates to our classification within the fair value hierarchy:

• Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper 
and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as 
Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an 
exchange. 

•

•

•

•

Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign stocks. These mutual funds are 
classified as Level 2.

Commingled Fixed Income Securities: Commingled fixed income securities are comprised of mutual funds that invest in a variety 
of  fixed  income  securities,  including  securities  of  the  U.S.  government  and  its  agencies,  corporate  debt,  mortgage-backed 
securities and asset-backed securities. Fair value is based on the value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus 
its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as reported by the fund manager. These mutual funds are classified as 
Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an 
exchange.

Government  and  Related  Securities:  Debt  securities  are  classified  as  Level  1  where  active,  high  volume  trades  for  identical 
securities exist. Valuation adjustments are not applied to these securities. Debt securities are classified as Level 2 where fair value 
is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities or benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and 
trade data for identical or comparable securities.

Corporate  Debt  Securities:  Corporate  debt  securities  are  valued  using  recently  executed  comparable  transactions,  market  price 
quotations or bond spreads for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2. 

• Mortgage-Backed  Securities  /  Asset-Backed  Securities:  These  securities  are  valued  based  on  external  pricing  indices  or  on 

external price/spread data. These securities are classified as Level 2.

Derivative Securities

•

•

Foreign  Exchange  Contracts:  The  valuation  of  foreign  exchange  derivatives  is  based  on  a  market  approach  using  observable 
market inputs, such as foreign currency spot and forward rates and yield curves. These securities are classified as Level 2.

Interest Rate Swaps: The valuation of interest rate swaps is based on an income approach using inputs that are observable or that 
can be derived from, or corroborated by, observable market data. These securities are classified as Level 2. 

60

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  60

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Available-For-Sale Securities

Available-for-sale securities consisted of the following:

Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities
Total

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities
Commingled fixed income securities 

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

Investment securities in a loss position were as follows:

Greater than 12 continuous months

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities

Total

Less than 12 continuous months

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities

Commingled fixed income securities

Mortgage-backed / asset-backed securities
Total

December 31, 2021

Gross 
unrealized 
gains

Gross 
unrealized 
losses

Estimated fair 
value

81 
259 
— 
144 
484 

$ 

$ 

(1,012)  $ 
(2,998) 
(33) 
(4,685) 
(8,728)  $ 

35,229 
65,167 
1,692 
172,018 
274,106 

Amortized cost

$ 

$ 

36,160 
67,906 
1,725 
176,559 
282,350 

$ 

$ 

December 31, 2020

Amortized cost

Gross unrealized 
gains

Gross unrealized 
losses

Estimated fair 
value

$ 

31,882 

$ 

71,174 
1,706 

220,659 

157 

614 
16 

734 

$ 

(78)  $ 

(355) 
— 

(715) 

31,961 

71,433 
1,722 

220,678 

$ 

325,421 

$ 

1,521 

$ 

(1,148)  $ 

325,794 

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Fair Value

Gross unrealized 
losses

Fair Value

Gross unrealized 
losses

$ 

16,018 

$ 

579 

$ 

51,385 

135,441 

2,658 

4,057 

$ 

— 

— 

2,369 

$ 

202,844 

$ 

7,294 

$ 

2,369 

$ 

$ 

15,438 

$ 

$ 

8,500 

$ 

8,859 

1,692 

30,754 
56,743 

$ 

433 

339 

33 

629 
1,434 

$ 

$ 

39,313 

— 

84,454 
132,267 

$ 

— 

— 

76 

76 

78 

355 

— 

639 
1,072 

At December 31, 2021, approximately 37% of total securities in the investment portfolio were in a net loss position. Our allowance for 
credit losses on available-for-sale investment securities is not significant, but we believe it is adequate as our investments are primarily 
in highly liquid U.S. government and agency securities, high grade corporate bonds and municipal bonds. We have not recognized an 
impairment on investment securities in an unrealized loss position because we have the ability and intent to hold these securities until 
recovery of the unrealized losses or expect to receive the stated principal and interest at maturity. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  61

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

61

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

At December 31, 2021, scheduled maturities of available-for-sale securities were as follows:

Within 1 year
After 1 year through 5 years
After 5 years through 10 years
After 10 years
Total

Amortized cost

Estimated fair 
value

$ 

$ 

2,430 
14,811 
75,630 
189,479 
282,350 

$ 

$ 

2,405 
14,544 
72,616 
184,541 
274,106 

The actual maturities may not coincide with scheduled maturities as certain securities contain early redemption features and/or allow 
for the prepayment of obligations with or without penalty.

Held-to-Maturity Securities

Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $20 million and $75 million, respectively.

Derivative Instruments

Foreign Exchange Contracts
We  enter  into  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  mitigate  the  currency  risk  associated  with  anticipated  inventory  purchases  between 
affiliates and from third parties. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on cash 
flow hedges is included in AOCL in the period that the change in fair value occurs and is reclassified to earnings in the period that the 
hedged  item  is  recorded  in  earnings.  At  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  outstanding  contracts  associated  with  these  anticipated 
transactions had a notional amount of $1 million and $8 million, respectively.  

Interest Rate Swaps 
We enter into interest rate swaps to manage the cost of debt. At December 31, 2021, we had outstanding interest rate swap agreements 
with a notional value of $200 million that are designated as cash flow hedges. The fair value of the interest rate swaps is recorded as a 
derivative asset or liability at the end of each reporting period with the change in fair value reflected in AOCL. At December 31, 2020, 
we had interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $500 million that was terminated during 2021. 

The fair value of our derivative instruments was as follows:

Designation of Derivatives

Balance Sheet Location

2021

2020

December 31,

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

Foreign exchange contracts

Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

$ 

$ 

21 
(10) 

96 
(112) 

Interest rate swaps

Other assets (Other noncurrent liabilities)

3,103 

(2,163) 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

Foreign exchange contracts

Other current assets and prepayments
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

Total derivative assets
Total derivative liabilities

2,453 
(294) 

5,577 
(304) 

Total net derivative asset (liability)

$ 

5,273 

$ 

3,680 
(1,848) 

3,776 
(4,123) 

(347) 

The  amounts  included  in  AOCL  at  December  31,  2021  will  be  recognized  in  earnings  within  the  next  12  months.  No  amount  of 
ineffectiveness was recorded in earnings for these designated cash flow hedges.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  62

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following represents the results of cash flow hedging relationships: 

Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in AOCI
(Effective Portion)

Derivative Instrument

2021

2020

Foreign exchange contracts

Interest rate swaps

$ 

$ 

198 

$ 

(317) 

5,266 

5,464 

$ 

(2,163) 

(2,480) 

Years Ended December 31,

Location of Gain (Loss)
(Effective Portion)

Revenue
Cost of sales
Interest Expense

Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from AOCI to Earnings
(Effective Portion)

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

289 
(117) 
(366) 

(194)  $ 

(161) 
11 
— 

(150) 

We also enter into foreign exchange contracts to minimize the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on short-term intercompany loans 
and related interest that are denominated in a foreign currency. The revaluation of the intercompany loans and interest and the mark-
to-market adjustment on the derivatives are both recorded in earnings. All outstanding contracts at December 31, 2021 mature over the 
next three months.

The following represents the mark-to-market adjustment on our non-designated derivative instruments: 

Years Ended December 31,

Derivative Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Earnings

Derivatives Instrument

Location of Derivative Gain (Loss)

2021

2020

Foreign exchange contracts

Selling, general and administrative expense

$ 

(4,540)  $ 

5,298 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, investment securities, accounts receivable, loan receivables, derivative 
instruments, accounts payable and debt. The carrying value for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, loans receivable, held-
to-maturity  investment  securities  and  accounts  payable  approximate  fair  value.  The  fair  value  of  available-for-sale  investment 
securities  and  derivative  instruments  are  presented  above.  The  fair  value  of  our  debt  is  estimated  based  on  recently  executed 
transactions and market price quotations. The inputs used to determine the fair value of our debt were classified as Level 2 in the fair 
value hierarchy. The carrying value and estimated fair value of our debt was as follows:

Carrying value
Fair value

December 31,

2021

2020

$ 
$ 

2,323,838 
2,355,894 

$ 
$ 

2,564,393 
2,479,895 

11. Supplemental Financial Statement Information

Activity in the allowance for credit losses on accounts receivable is presented below.

2021
2020
2019

Balance at 
beginning of 
year

Cumulative 
effect of 
accounting 
change

Amounts 
charged to 
expense

Write-offs, 
recoveries and 
other

Balance at end 
of year

Accounts and 
other 
receivables

Other assets

$ 
$ 
$ 

35,344  $ 
17,830  $ 
17,443  $ 

—  $ 
15,336  $ 
—  $ 

9,355  $ 
19,789  $ 
16,345  $ 

(15,520)  $ 
(17,611)  $ 
(15,958)  $ 

29,179  $ 
35,344  $ 
17,830  $ 

11,168  $ 
18,899  $ 
17,830  $ 

18,011 
16,445 
— 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  63

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

63

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Other expense, net consisted of the following:

Loss on refinancing of debt

Insurance proceeds

(Gain) loss on sale of assets/businesses

Other expense, net

Supplemental cash flow information is as follows:

Purchases of property and equipment in accounts payable

Cash interest paid

Cash income tax payments, net of refunds

Selected balance sheet information is as follows:

Other assets:

Long-term investments

Other (net of allowance of $18,011 and $16,445, respectively)

Total

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities:

Accounts payable 

Customer deposits

Employee related liabilities

Other

Total

Other noncurrent liabilities:
Pension liabilities

Postretirement medical benefits
Other

Total

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

56,209  $ 

36,987  $ 

(3,000) 

(11,635) 

(16,928) 

(11,908) 

$ 

41,574  $ 

8,151  $ 

6,623 

— 

17,683 

24,306 

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,305  $ 

16,098  $ 

1,301 

124,084  $ 

151,857  $ 

157,709 

4,337  $ 

20,185  $ 

27,109 

December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

333,052 

$ 

364,212 

138,032 

127,302 

471,084 

$ 

491,514 

$ 

310,993 

$ 

295,173 

185,528 

233,876 

192,146 

165,774 

232,236 

187,433 

$ 

922,543 

$ 

880,616 

$ 

115,457 

$ 

235,439 

126,675 
66,596 

153,838 
47,738 

$ 

308,728 

$ 

437,015 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  64

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Restructuring Charges and Asset Impairments

Activity in our restructuring reserves was as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2019

Expenses, net
Cash payments
Noncash activity

Balance at December 31, 2020

Expenses, net
Cash payments
Noncash activity

Balance at December 31, 2021

The majority of the remaining restructuring reserves are expected to be paid over the next 12-24 months. 

Severance and 
other exit costs

$ 

$ 

12,006 
20,712 
(20,014) 
(2,641) 

10,063 
19,003 
(21,990) 
(1,329) 
5,747 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  65

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

13. Debt

Notes due October 2021

Notes due May 2022
Notes due April 2023
Notes due March 2024
Notes due March 2027
Notes due March 2029
Notes due January 2037
Notes due March 2043
Term loan due March 2026
Term loan due January 2025
Term loan due March 2028

Other debt
Principal amount

Less: unamortized costs, net

Total debt

Less: current portion long-term debt

Long-term debt

December 31,

Interest rate

2021

4.875%

5.625%
6.20%
4.625%
6.875%
7.25%
5.25%
6.70%

LIBOR + 1.75%  
LIBOR + 5.5%
LIBOR + 4.0%

— 

— 
90,259 
242,603 
400,000 
350,000 
35,841 
425,000 
370,500 
— 
446,625 

2020

152,588 

148,792 
271,000 
374,000 
— 
— 
35,841 
425,000 
380,000 
818,125 
— 

3,685 
  2,364,513 

4,900 
  2,610,246 

40,675 

45,853 

  2,323,838 

  2,564,393 

24,739 

216,032 

$ 2,299,099 

$ 2,348,361 

In 2021, we issued a $400 million 6.875% unsecured note due March 2027, a $350 million 7.25% unsecured note due March 2029 and 
entered into a seven-year $450 million secured term loan maturing March 2028. We redeemed all the outstanding October 2021 notes 
and an aggregate $363 million of the May 2022 notes, April 2023 notes and March 2024 notes under a tender offer, the remaining 
balance  of  the  May  2022  notes  and  the  remaining  balance  of  the  January  2025  term  loan.  We  also  extended  the  maturities  of  our 
$500  million  secured  revolving  credit  facility  and  our  $380  million  secured  term  loan  from  November  2024  to  March  2026.  A 
$56 million pre-tax loss was incurred on the refinancing of debt.

The  credit  agreement  that  governs  the  revolving  credit  facility  and  term  loans  contains  financial  and  non-financial  covenants.  At 
December 31, 2021, we were in compliance with all covenants and there were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit 
facility.

We also terminated interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional value of $500 million and entered into new interest rate 
swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $200 million. Under the terms of the new swap agreements, we pay fixed-rate 
interest of 0.56% and receive variable-rate interest based on one-month LIBOR. The variable interest rate under the term loans and the 
swaps  reset  monthly.  We  received  $2  million  from  the  termination  of  the  $500  million  interest  rate  swap  agreements,  which  was 
recorded in AOCL and will be recognized ratably in income through 2024. 

At December 31, 2021, the interest rate of the 2028 Term Loan was 4.1% and the interest rate on the 2026 Term Loan was 1.9%.

Annual maturities of outstanding principal at December 31, 2021 are as follows:

2022
2023

2024
2025

2026

Thereafter

Total

$ 

24,739 
119,748 

281,560 
42,500 

261,000 

1,634,966 

$ 

2,364,513 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  66

March 1, 2022  17:28:30

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

14. Retirement Plans and Postretirement Medical Benefits

Retirement Plans

We provide retirement benefits to eligible employees in the U.S. and outside the U.S. under various defined benefit retirement plans. 
Benefit accruals under most of our significant defined benefit plans have been frozen. The benefit obligations and funded status of 
defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

Accumulated benefit obligation

$  1,609,125 

$  1,729,515 

$ 

762,558 

$ 

829,413 

United States

Foreign

2021

2020

2021

2020

Projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Foreign currency changes
Settlements and curtailments

Benefits paid

$ 

$  1,729,959 
102 
42,434 
(53,133) 
— 
(1,429) 

$  1,613,054 
86 
52,103 
185,306 
— 
(3,854) 

(108,425) 

(116,736) 

$ 

830,674 
1,528 
11,811 
(37,197) 
(10,747) 
— 

(25,601) 

746,942 
1,650 
13,379 
76,006 
29,128 
(15,171) 

(21,260) 

Benefit obligation - end of year

$  1,609,508 

$  1,729,959 

$ 

770,468 

$ 

830,674 

Fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year

$  1,601,786 

$  1,487,018 

$ 

742,639 

$ 

668,308 

Actual return on plan assets

Company contributions

Settlements and curtailments

Foreign currency changes

Benefits paid

51,828 

5,397 

(1,429) 

— 

225,812 

9,546 

(3,854) 

— 

(108,425) 

(116,736) 

17,929 

9,686 

— 

(7,210) 

(25,601) 

78,120 

9,674 

(15,171) 

22,968 

(21,260) 

Fair value of plan assets - end of year

$  1,549,157 

$  1,601,786 

$ 

737,443 

$ 

742,639 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Noncurrent asset

Current liability

Noncurrent liability

Funded status

$ 

— 

$ 

465 

$ 

29,309 

$ 

(5,883) 

(54,468) 

(5,843) 

(122,795) 

(1,345) 

(60,989) 

26,053 

(1,444) 

(112,644) 

$ 

(60,351)  $ 

(128,173)  $ 

(33,025)  $ 

(88,035) 

Information provided in the table below is only for pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets: 

Projected benefit obligation
Accumulated benefit obligation

Fair value of plan assets

United States

Foreign

2021

2020

2021

2020

$  1,609,508 
$  1,609,125 

$  1,729,638 
$  1,729,194 

$  1,549,157 

$  1,601,000 

$ 
$ 

$ 

59,859 
59,352 

— 

$ 
$ 

$ 

691,909 
690,887 

577,821 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  67

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:

Net actuarial loss
Prior service (credit) cost
Transition asset
Total

United States

Foreign

2021

2020

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

716,585 
(149) 
— 
716,436 

$ 

$ 

783,211 
(209) 
— 
783,002 

$ 

$ 

301,913 
7,804 
(7) 
309,710 

$ 

$ 

334,520 
8,072 
(7) 
342,585 

The components of net periodic benefit cost (income) for defined benefit pension plans were as follows:

United States

2021

2020

2019

2021

Foreign

2020

Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets

Amortization of net transition asset

Amortization of prior service (credit) cost
Amortization of net actuarial loss

Settlements and curtailments

$ 

102  $ 

86  $ 

83  $ 

42,434 
(77,119) 

— 

(60) 
38,233 

551 

52,103 
(84,719) 

— 

(60) 
32,490 

1,364 

63,171 
(92,726) 

— 

(60) 
26,146 

2,381 

1,528  $ 
11,811 
(31,869) 

1,650  $ 
13,379 
(34,391) 

— 

268 
9,350 

— 

(4) 

245 
7,842 

5,060 

2019

1,543 
17,853 
(34,363) 

(6) 

243 
6,337 

397 

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

$ 

4,141  $ 

1,264  $ 

(1,005)  $ 

(8,912)  $ 

(6,219)  $ 

(7,996) 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations for defined benefit pension plans recognized in other comprehensive income were 
as follows: 

United States

Foreign

2021

2020

2021

2020

Net actuarial (gain) loss

Amortization of net actuarial loss

Amortization of prior service credit (cost)

Net transition asset

Settlements and curtailments

$ 

(27,842)  $ 

44,216 

$ 

(23,257)  $ 

(38,233) 

(32,490) 

60 

— 

60 

— 

(551) 

(1,364) 

(9,350) 

(268) 

— 

— 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income 

$ 

(66,566)  $ 

10,422 

$ 

(32,875)  $ 

32,103 

(7,842) 

(245) 

4 

(5,060) 

18,960 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  68

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Weighted-average  actuarial  assumptions  used  to  determine  year  end  benefit  obligations  and  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  defined 
benefit pension plans include:

United States
Used to determine benefit obligations

     Discount rate
     Rate of compensation increase

Used to determine net periodic benefit cost
     Discount rate
     Expected return on plan assets
     Rate of compensation increase

Foreign
Used to determine benefit obligations

     Discount rate
     Rate of compensation increase

Used to determine net periodic benefit cost

     Discount rate

     Expected return on plan assets

     Rate of compensation increase

2021

2020

2019

2.85%
N/A

2.54%
5.60%
N/A

2.54%
N/A

3.34%
6.25%
N/A

3.34%
N/A

4.34%
6.75%
N/A

 0.85 % - 2.85%
 1.50 % - 3.65%

 0.70 % - 2.40%
 1.50 % - 2.50%

 0.65 % - 2.95%
 1.50 % - 2.50%

 0.70 % - 2.40%

 3.50 % - 5.75%

 1.50 % - 2.50%

 0.65 % - 2.95%

 4.25 % - 6.00%

 1.50 % - 2.50%

 0.75 % - 3.55%

 4.25 % - 6.25%

 1.50 % - 2.50%

A discount rate is used to determine the present value of our future benefit obligations. The discount rate for our U.S. pension and 
postretirement medical benefit plans is determined by matching the expected cash flows associated with our benefit obligations to a 
pool of corporate long-term, high-quality fixed income debt instruments available as of the measurement date. The discount rate for 
our  largest  foreign  plan,  the  U.K.  Qualified  Pension  Plan  (the  U.K.  Plan),  is  determined  using  a  model  that  discounts  each  year's 
estimated benefit payments by an applicable spot rate derived from a yield curve created from a large number of high quality corporate 
bonds. For our other smaller foreign pension plans, the discount rate is selected based on high-quality fixed income indices available 
in the country in which the plan is domiciled.    

The expected return on plan assets is based on the target asset allocation for the applicable pension plan and expected rates of return 
for  various  asset  classes  in  the  investment  portfolio  after  analyzing  historical  experience  and  future  expectations  of  returns  and 
volatility of the asset classes. 

Investment Strategy and Asset Allocation

The investment strategy for our pension plans is to maximize returns within reasonable and prudent risk levels, achieve and maintain 
full funding of the accumulated benefit obligation and the actuarial liabilities and earn the expected rate of return while adhering to 
local regulations and restrictions. 

Pension plan assets are invested in accordance with our strategic asset allocation policy. Pension plan assets are exposed to various 
risks, including interest rate risks, market risks and credit risks. Investments are diversified across asset classes and within each class 
to reduce the risk of large losses and are periodically rebalanced. Derivatives, such as swaps, options, forwards and futures contracts 
may be used for market exposure, to alter risk/return characteristics and to manage foreign currency exposure. We do not have any 
significant concentrations of credit risk within the plan assets.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  69

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

69

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

U.S. Pension Plans

Investment  objectives  and  investment  managers  are  reviewed  periodically.  Target  and  actual  asset  allocations  for  the  U.S.  pension 
plans were as follows:

Asset category

Equities
Multi-asset credit
Fixed income
Real estate

Private equity

Total

Foreign Pension Plans

Target 
allocation

Percent of Plan Assets at 
December 31,

2022

2021

2020

 20 %
 3 %
 70 %
 6 %

 1 %
 100 %

 18 %
 3 %
 73 %
 5 %

 1 %
 100 %

 33 %
 — %
 62 %
 4 %

 1 %
 100 %

Our  foreign  pension  plan  assets  are  managed  by  outside  investment  managers  and  monitored  regularly  by  local  trustees  and  our 
corporate  personnel.  Target  and  actual  asset  allocations  for  the  U.K.  Plan,  which  comprises  79%  of  the  total  foreign  pension  plan 
assets, were as follows:

Asset category

Global equities

Fixed income

Real estate

Diversified growth

Cash

Total

Target 
Allocation

Percent of Plan Assets at 
December 31,

2022

2021

2020

 10 %

 70 %

 10 %

 10 %

 — %

 12 %

 69 %

 9 %

 9 %

 1 %

 22 %

 60 %

 8 %

 9 %

 1 %

 100 %

 100 %

 100 %

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  70

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

70

PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fair Value Measurements of Plan Assets

The following tables show the U.S. and foreign pension plans' assets, by level within the fair value hierarchy. The plan asset categories 
presented in the following tables are subsets of the broader asset allocation categories. 

United States Pension Plans

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed /asset-backed securities
Real estate
Securities lending collateral

Total plan assets at fair value 
Securities lending payable

Investments valued at NAV

Cash

Other

Fair value of plan assets 

Money market funds

Equity securities

Commingled fixed income securities

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities
Mortgage-backed /asset-backed securities

Real estate

Securities lending collateral

Total plan assets at fair value 
Securities lending payable

Investments valued at NAV
Cash

Other
Fair value of plan assets 

December 31, 2021

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
202,416 

— 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

3,725 
195,037 
229,300 
26,582 

771,529 
12,486 
— 
145,855 

$ 

202,416 

$  1,384,514 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
77,494 
— 

77,494 

3,725 
195,037 
229,300 
228,998 

771,529 
12,486 
77,494 
145,855 

$  1,664,424 
(145,855) 

16,820 

20,569 

(6,801) 

$  1,549,157 

December 31, 2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

$ 

— 

— 

— 

322,851 

— 
— 

— 

— 

$ 

14,442 

$ 

323,311 

264,896 

22,549 

586,998 
45,861 

— 

151,049 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

69,347 

— 

$ 

322,851 

$  1,409,106 

$ 

69,347 

$ 

14,442 

323,311 

264,896 

345,400 

586,998 
45,861 

69,347 

151,049 

$  1,801,304 
(151,049) 

17,132 
15,449 

(81,050) 
$  1,601,786 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  71

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Foreign Plans

Money market funds
Equity securities
Commingled fixed income securities
Government and related securities
Corporate debt securities
Real estate
Diversified growth funds
Total plan assets at fair value 

Cash
Other
Fair value of plan assets 

Money market funds

Equity securities

Commingled fixed income securities

Government and related securities

Corporate debt securities

Real estate

Diversified growth funds

Total plan assets at fair value 

Cash 

Other

Fair value of plan assets

December 31, 2021

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

$ 

8,577 
96,596 
431,845 
46,522 
33,583 
7,168 
— 
624,291 

$ 

$ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
52,491 
52,169 
104,660 

$ 

$ 

$ 

8,577 
96,596 
431,845 
46,522 
33,583 
59,659 
52,169 
728,951 

7,966 
526 
737,443 

December 31, 2020

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$ 

10,072 

$ 

166,683 

379,656 

46,268 

37,002 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

45,275 

50,750 

$ 

10,072 

166,683 

379,656 

46,268 

37,002 

45,275 

50,750 

$ 

639,681 

$ 

96,025 

$ 

735,706 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

6,448 

485 

$ 

742,639 

The following information relates to our classification of investments into the fair value hierarchy:

• Money Market Funds: Money market funds typically invest in government securities, certificates of deposit, commercial paper 
and other highly liquid, low risk securities. Money market funds are principally used for overnight deposits and are classified as 
Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an 
exchange. 

•

•

•

Equity Securities: Equity securities are comprised of mutual funds investing in U.S. and foreign stocks. These mutual funds are 
classified as Level 2.

Commingled Fixed Income Securities: Commingled fixed income securities are comprised of mutual funds that invest in a variety 
of  fixed  income  securities,  including  securities  of  the  U.S.  government  and  its  agencies,  corporate  debt,  mortgage-backed 
securities and asset-backed securities. Fair value is based on the value of the underlying investments owned by each fund, minus 
its liabilities, divided by the number of shares outstanding, as reported by the fund manager. These mutual funds are classified as 
Level 1 when unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are available and as Level 2 when they are not actively traded on an 
exchange.

Government  and  Related  Securities:  Debt  securities  are  classified  as  Level  1  where  active,  high  volume  trades  for  identical 
securities exist. Valuation adjustments are not applied to these securities. Debt securities are classified as Level 2 where fair value 
is determined using quoted market prices for similar securities or benchmarking model derived prices to quoted market prices and 
trade data for identical or comparable securities.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  72

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

•

Corporate  Debt  Securities:  Corporate  debt  securities  are  valued  using  recently  executed  comparable  transactions,  market  price 
quotations or bond spreads for the same maturity as the security. These securities are classified as Level 2. 

• Mortgage-Backed  Securities  /  Asset-Backed  Securities:  These  securities  are  valued  based  on  external  pricing  indices  or  on 

external price/spread data. These securities are classified as Level 2.

•

•

•

Real Estate: include units in open-ended commingled real estate funds. Funds that are valued and traded on a daily basis in an 
active  market  are  classified  as  Level  2.  Investments  that  are  valued  on  an  annual  basis  by  certified  appraisers  are  classified  as 
Level 3. The valuation techniques used to value Level 3 investments include the cost approach, sales-comparison method and the 
income approach. 

Diversified  Growth  Funds:  comprised  of  units  in  commingled  diversified  growth  funds  that  comprise  a  mix  of  different  asset 
classes. The underlying investments may not be listed on an exchange in an active market or traded on a daily basis and may fall 
into all three fair value categories. Accordingly, these securities are classified as Level 3.

Securities  Lending  Fund:  represents  a  commingled  fund  through  our  custodian's  securities  lending  program.  The  U.S.  pension 
plan  lends  securities  that  are  held  within  the  plan  to  other  banks  and/or  brokers,  and  receives  collateral,  typically  cash.  This 
collateral  is  invested  in  a  commingled  fund  that  invests  in  short-term  fixed  income  securities.  This  investment  is  classified  as 
Level  2.  This  amount  invested  in  the  fund  is  offset  by  a  corresponding  liability  reflected  in  the  U.S.  pension  plan's  net  assets 
available for benefits. 

Investments Valued at Net Asset Value (NAV)

Represents  investments  in  private  equity  limited  partnerships  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  using  the  Net  Asset  Value  (NAV)  per 
share as a practical expedient and are not categorized in the fair value hierarchy. There is no active market for these investments and 
the pension plan receives a proportionate share of the gains, losses and expenses in accordance with the partnership agreements. There 
is a remaining unfunded commitment of $8 million at December 31, 2021. These investments comprise 1.1% of total U.S. Pension 
Fund assets at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. 

Level 3 Gains and Losses

The following table summarizes the changes in the fair value of Level 3 assets:

Balance at December 31, 2019

Realized gains

Unrealized losses

Net purchases, sales and settlements
Foreign currency and other

Balance at December 31, 2020

Realized gains

Unrealized gains

Net purchases, sales and settlements
Foreign currency and other

Balance at December 31, 2021

U.S. Plans

Foreign Plans

Real estate

Real estate

Diversified 
Growth Funds

$ 

71,337 

$ 

45,335 

$ 

47,621 

1,554 

(3,360) 

(184) 
— 

69,347 

1,791 

6,958 

(602) 
— 

— 

(2,134) 

1,221 
853 

45,275 

— 

6,357 

1,663 
(804) 

— 

1,493 

56 
1,580 

50,750 

— 

1,995 

— 
(576) 

$ 

77,494 

$ 

52,491 

$ 

52,169 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  73

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Postretirement Medical Benefits

We provide certain employer subsidized health care and employer provided life insurance benefits in the U.S. and Canada to eligible 
retirees and their dependents. The cost of these benefits is recognized over the period the employee provides credited service to the 
company. The benefit obligation and funded status for postretirement medical benefit plans are as follows:

Benefit obligation
Benefit obligation - beginning of year
Service cost
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss
Foreign currency changes
Benefits paid, net
Benefit obligation - end of year (1)

Fair value of plan assets

Fair value of plan assets - beginning of year
Company contribution
Benefits paid, net

Fair value of plan assets - end of year

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

Current liability

Non-current liability

Funded status

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

$ 

169,210 
909 
3,755 
(22,305) 
123 
(12,176) 
139,516 

— 
12,176 
(12,176) 

164,104 
885 
4,993 
11,496 
340 
(12,608) 
169,210 

— 
12,608 
(12,608) 

— 

$ 

— 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(12,841)  $ 

(15,372) 

(126,675) 

(153,838) 

$ 

(139,516)  $ 

(169,210) 

(1)  The  benefit  obligation  for  U.S.  postretirement  medical  benefits  plan  was  $126  million  and  $153  million  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020, 

respectively. 

Pretax amounts recognized in AOCI consist of:

Net actuarial loss

Prior service cost

Total

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

15,175 

$ 

41,570 

— 

129 

15,175 

$ 

41,699 

The components of net periodic benefit cost for postretirement medical benefit plans were as follows:

Service cost

Interest cost
Amortization of prior service cost 

Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic benefit cost

2021

2020

2019

$ 

909 

$ 

885 

$ 

3,755 
129 

4,090 
8,883 

$ 

4,993 
373 

3,198 
9,449 

$ 

$ 

967 

6,584 
321 

2,026 
9,898 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  74

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

74

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Other  changes  in  benefit  obligation  for  postretirement  medical  benefit  plans  recognized  in  other  comprehensive  income  were  as 
follows: 

Net actuarial (gain) loss
Amortization of net actuarial loss

Amortization of prior service cost
Total recognized in other comprehensive income

2021

2020

$ 

$ 

(22,305)  $ 
(4,090) 

(129) 
(26,524)  $ 

11,496 
(3,198) 

(373) 
7,925 

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine end of year benefit obligation and net periodic pension cost include:

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligation

U.S.

Canada

Discount rate used to determine net period benefit cost

U.S.
Canada

2021

2020

2019

 2.80 %

 2.90 %

 2.35 %
 2.50 %

 2.35 %

 2.50 %

 3.20 %
 3.00 %

 3.20 %

 3.00 %

 4.20 %
 3.60 %

The  assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rate  used  in  measuring  the  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation  for  the  U.S.  plan  was 
6.8% and 7.0% for 2021 and 2020, respectively. The assumed health care trend rate is 6.50% for 2022 and will gradually decline to 
5.0%  by  the  year  2028  and  remain  at  that  level  thereafter.  Assumed  health  care  cost  trend  rates  have  a  significant  effect  on  the 
amounts reported for the health care plans. 

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid.

2022

2023

2024

2025
2026

Thereafter

Pension Benefits

Postretirement 
Medical Benefits

$ 

130,497 

$ 

131,204 

124,812 

125,765 
123,679 

601,374 

12,854 

12,338 

11,819 

11,299 
10,778 

45,383 

$  1,237,331 

$ 

104,471 

During 2022, we estimate making contributions of $6 million to our U.S. pension plans and $10 million to our foreign pension plans. 

Savings Plans

We  offer  voluntary  defined  contribution  plans  to  our  U.S.  employees  designed  to  help  them  accumulate  additional  savings  for 
retirement.  We  provide  a  core  contribution  to  all  employees,  regardless  if  they  participate  in  the  plan,  and  match  a  portion  of  each 
participating employees' contribution, based on eligible pay. Total contributions to our defined contribution plans were $27 million in 
2021 and $28 million in 2020.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  75

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Income Taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes consisted of the following:

U.S.
International
Total

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

$ 

(85,258)  $ 
77,843 
(7,415)  $ 

(243,760)  $ 

60,391 

(183,369)  $ 

500 
26,232 
26,732 

The provision (benefit) for income taxes from continuing operations consisted of the following:

U.S. Federal:
Current
Deferred

U.S. State and Local:

Current

Deferred

International:

Current

Deferred

Total current

Total deferred

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

(7,419) 
(13,825) 
(21,244) 

$ 

(10,582) 
6,516 
(4,066) 

$ 

(18,789) 
11,500 
(7,289) 

5,401 

(5,827) 

(426) 

10,979 

(231) 

10,748 

8,961 

(19,883) 

(2,569) 

4,100 

1,531 

4,993 

4,664 

9,657 

(8,158) 

15,280 

(9,142) 

8,000 

(1,142) 

9,993 

(14,689) 

(4,696) 

(17,938) 

4,811 

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

$ 

(10,922) 

$ 

7,122 

$ 

(13,127) 

Effective tax rate

 147.3 %

 (3.9) %

 (49.1) %

The effective tax rate for 2021 includes benefits of $7 million from the resolution of tax matters,  $5 million due to tax legislation in 
the U.K., $3 million from an affiliate reorganization and $2 million from the vesting of restricted stock, partially offset by charges of 
$6 million on the pre-tax gain of $10 million from the sale of a business as the tax basis was lower than the book basis and $1 million 
for the write-off of deferred tax assets associated with the expiration of out-of-the-money stock options.

The effective tax rate for 2020 includes a $12 million charge for the surrender of company owned life insurance policies, a $5 million 
benefit for the correction of tax balances in certain domestic and international tax jurisdictions, a $3 million benefit due to regulations 
enacted  into  law,  a  $2  million  benefit  for  the  carryback  of  net  operating  losses  resulting  from  the  CARES  Act  and  a  benefit  of 
$2 million on the $198 million goodwill impairment charge as the majority of this charge is nondeductible. 

The effective tax rate for 2019 includes benefits of $23 million from the release of a foreign valuation allowance and $9 million from 
the resolution of certain tax examinations. The effective tax rate for 2019 also includes a tax of $3 million on the $18 million book loss 
from the disposition of operations in certain international markets, primarily due to nondeductible basis differences. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  76

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory rate and our provision for income taxes consist of the following:

Federal statutory provision
State and local income taxes (1)
Impact of foreign operations taxed at rates other than the U.S. statutory rate (2)
Accrual/release of uncertain tax amounts related to foreign operations
U.S. tax impacts of foreign income in the U.S.

$ 

CARES Act carryback benefit
Tax incentives/credits/exempt income
Unrealized stock compensation benefits
Surrender of company-owned life insurance policies
Goodwill impairment
Other, net (3)
(Benefit) provision for income taxes

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

(1,558)  $ 
(336) 
(2,220) 
(7,288) 
4,441 

(2,270) 
(500) 
(505) 
— 
— 
(686) 

(38,507)  $ 

1,209 
(3,345) 
1,802 
(2,300) 

(1,646) 
(750) 
2,312 
10,313 
40,328 
(2,294) 

5,613 
(901) 
(18,541) 
191 
5,587 

— 
(5,437) 
2,176 
— 
— 
(1,815) 

$ 

(10,922)  $ 

7,122 

$ 

(13,127) 

(1) 

(2) 

Includes a charge of $2 million for the surrender of company-owned life insurance for the year ended December 31, 2020. 
Includes a benefit of $5 million for a deferred rate change for the year ended December 31, 2021, a benefit of $3 million for tax 
balance  corrections  and  a  deferred  tax  rate  change  benefit  of  $2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and  a  foreign 
valuation allowance release of $23 million and a $3 million tax on the disposition of operations in certain international markets 
for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

(3)   Includes a $3 million benefit from an affiliate reorganization and charge of $3 million related to the sale of a business for the year 
ended December 31, 2021, as well as a $2 million benefit related to tax balance corrections and a $1 million charge related to 
interest for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  77

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Deferred tax liabilities and assets consisted of the following:

Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Deferred profit (for tax purposes) on sale to finance subsidiary
Lease revenue and related depreciation
Intangible assets

Operating lease liability
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities

Deferred tax assets:
Postretirement medical benefits

Pension
Operating lease asset
Inventory and equipment capitalization

Restructuring charges

Long-term incentives

Net operating loss

Tax credit carry forwards

Tax uncertainties gross-up

Other

Gross deferred tax assets

Less: Valuation allowance

Net deferred tax assets

Total deferred taxes, net

December 31,

2021

2020

$ 

(85,544)  $ 
(26,745) 
(202,862) 
(76,672) 

(46,496) 
(25,438) 
(463,757) 

(69,900) 
(28,101) 
(190,852) 
(81,816) 

(50,071) 
(27,865) 
(448,605) 

34,681 

20,472 
52,271 
1,866 

1,548 

12,308 

113,025 

65,931 

6,929 

58,457 

367,488 

(121,778) 

245,710 

42,423 

48,385 
54,538 
3,903 

2,022 

12,905 

82,823 

64,070 

6,656 

42,079 

359,804 

(116,543) 

243,261 

$ 

(218,047)  $ 

(205,344) 

The valuation allowance relates primarily to certain foreign, state and local net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that will 
more-likely-than-not expire unutilized. 

We have a federal net operating loss carryforward of $157 million as of December 31, 2021, the majority of which has an indefinite 
carryforward period. We have net operating loss carryforwards in international jurisdictions of $163 million as of December 31, 2021, 
of which $150 million can be carried forward indefinitely and the remainder expire over the next 20 years. We also have net operating 
loss  carryforwards  in  most  states  totaling  $1.1  billion  that  will  expire  over  the  next  20  years.  In  addition,  we  have  tax  credit 
carryforwards  of  $66  million,  of  which  $51  million  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely  and  the  remainder  expire  over  the  next  11 
years. 

As of December 31, 2021, we assert that we are permanently reinvested in our pre-1987 and post-2017 undistributed earnings of $264 
million as well as all other outside basis differences. While a determination of the full liability that would be incurred if these earnings 
were repatriated is not practicable, we have estimated the withholding taxes would be approximately $2 million. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  78

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Uncertain Tax Positions

A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

2021

2020

2019

Balance at beginning of year
Increases from prior period positions
Decreases from prior period positions
Increases from current period positions
Decreases relating to settlements with tax authorities
Reductions from lapse of applicable statute of limitations

$ 

$ 

50,064 
3,016 
(4,247) 
492 
(1,270) 
(2,983) 

$ 

60,302 
2,147 
(47) 
3,472 
(12,508) 
(3,302) 

Balance at end of year

$ 

45,072 

$ 

50,064 

$ 

71,458 
510 
(9,711) 
5,052 
(2,626) 
(4,381) 

60,302 

The  amount  of  the  unrecognized  tax  benefits  at  December  31,  2021,  2020  and  2019  that  would  affect  the  effective  tax  rate  if 
recognized was $39 million, $44 million and $54 million, respectively. 

On  a  regular  basis,  we  conclude  tax  return  examinations,  statutes  of  limitations  expire,  and  court  decisions  interpret  tax  law.  We 
regularly  assess  tax  uncertainties  in  light  of  these  developments.  As  a  result,  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  amount  of  our 
unrecognized tax benefits will decrease in the next 12 months, and we expect this change could be up to 10% of our unrecognized tax 
benefits. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in our provision for income taxes. Amounts included in 
our provision for income taxes related to interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions for each of the years ended December 31, 
2021, 2020 and 2019 were not significant. We had approximately $4 million accrued for the payment of interest and penalties at both  
December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Other Tax Matters

The Internal Revenue Service examinations of our consolidated U.S. income tax returns for tax years prior to 2018 are closed to audit; 
however, various post-2016 U.S. state and local tax returns are still subject to examination, with some states in appeals from 2011. For 
our significant non-U.S. jurisdictions, Canada is closed to examination through 2016 except for a specific issue arising in earlier years, 
France  is  closed  through  2019,  Germany  is  closed  through  2016  and  the  U.K.  is  closed  through  2018.  We  also  have  other  less 
significant tax filings currently subject to examination. 

We regularly assess the likelihood of tax adjustments in each of the tax jurisdictions in which we have operations and account for the 
related financial statement implications. We believe we have established tax reserves that are appropriate given the possibility of tax 
adjustments. However, determining the appropriate level of tax reserves requires judgment regarding the uncertain application of tax 
law  and  the  possibility  of  tax  adjustments.  Future  changes  in  tax  reserve  requirements  could  have  a  material  impact,  positive  or 
negative, on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, we are routinely defendants in, or party to, a number of pending and threatened legal actions. These 
may involve litigation by or against us relating to, among other things, contractual rights under vendor, insurance or other contracts; 
intellectual property or patent rights; equipment, service, payment or other disputes with clients; or disputes with employees. Some of 
these  actions  may  be  brought  as  a  purported  class  action  on  behalf  of  a  purported  class  of  employees,  clients  or  others.  In 
management's  opinion,  it  is  not  reasonably  possible  that  the  potential  liability,  if  any,  that  may  result  from  these  actions,  either 
individually  or  collectively,  will  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  However,  as 
litigation is inherently unpredictable, there can be no assurances in this regard.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  79

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

17. Leased Assets and Liabilities

We lease real estate and equipment under operating and finance lease agreements. Our leases have terms of up to 15 years, and may 
include an option to extend the lease for up to 5 years. At lease commencement, a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset is 
recognized. Lease liabilities represent the present value of future lease payments over the expected lease term, including options to 
extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain those options will be exercised. Lease payments include all fixed payments 
and variable payments tied to an index, but exclude costs such as common area maintenance charges, property taxes, insurance and 
mileage.  The  present  value  of  our  lease  liability  is  determined  using  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  at  lease  commencement. 
Information regarding operating and financing leases are as follows:

Leases

Balance Sheet Location

December 31, 2021 December 31, 2020

Assets
Operating 

Finance 
Total leased assets

Liabilities
Operating 

Finance

Total lease liabilities

Lease Cost

Operating lease expense

Finance lease expense

Amortization of leased assets

Interest on lease liabilities

Variable lease expense

Sublease income

Total expense

Operating lease assets

Property, plant and equipment, net

Current operating lease liabilities
Noncurrent operating lease liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Other noncurrent liabilities

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

208,428  $ 

46,770 
255,198  $ 

201,916 

23,973 
225,889 

40,299  $ 
192,092 
10,694 
39,535 
282,620  $ 

39,182 
180,292 
4,714 
18,862 
243,050 

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

62,269  $ 

54,718  $ 

48,503 

9,191 

2,826 
33,924 

3,792 

949 
21,413 

(1,761)   

(979)   

$ 

106,449  $ 

79,893  $ 

3,372 

700 
23,188 

(1,948) 

73,815 

Operating lease expense includes immaterial amounts related to leases with terms of 12 months or less.

Future Lease Payments

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

Total

2022

2023
2024
2025

2026
Thereafter
Total

Less: present value discount
Lease liability

$ 

53,380  $ 

13,444  $ 

46,776 
41,731 
34,202 

29,406 
80,900 
286,395 

11,226 
9,889 
8,280 

6,751 
9,357 
58,947 

54,004 
232,391  $ 

$ 

8,718 
50,229  $ 

66,824 

58,002 
51,620 
42,482 

36,157 
90,257 
345,342 

62,722 
282,620 

Future lease payments exclude $21 million of payments for leases signed but not yet commenced at December 31, 2021.  

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  80

March 1, 2022  17:28:31

80

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Lease Term and Discount Rate
Weighted-average remaining lease term

Operating leases
Finance leases

Weighted-average discount rate

Operating leases
Finance leases

Cash Flow Information
Operating cash outflows - operating leases
Operating cash outflows - finance leases
Financing cash outflows - finance leases

Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease obligations

Operating leases
Finance leases

18. Stockholders' Equity

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

6.7 years
5.5 years

7.2 years
5.6 years

6.5%
6%

7.1%
7.1%

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

59,748  $ 
2,826  $ 
7,707  $ 

52,565  $ 
949  $ 
4,223  $ 

44,252 
700 
3,096 

48,662  $ 
30,840  $ 

38,641  $ 
17,741  $ 

87,160 
4,072 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

The following table summarizes the changes in shares of Common Stock outstanding and Treasury Stock:

Balance at December 31, 2018

Repurchases of common stock

Issuance of treasury stock

Conversions to common stock

Balance at December 31, 2019

Issuance of treasury stock

Balance at December 31, 2020

Issuance of treasury stock

Balance at December 31, 2021

Common Stock 
Outstanding

Treasury Stock

  187,675,082 

  135,662,830 

(18,595,315) 

18,595,315 

1,276,797 

(1,276,797) 

92,379 

(92,379) 

  170,448,943 

  152,888,969 

1,526,245 

(1,526,245) 

  171,975,188 

  151,362,724 

2,756,207 

(2,756,207) 

  174,731,395 

  148,606,517 

At December 31, 2021, 36,722,032 shares were reserved for issuance under our stock plans and dividend reinvestment program. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  81

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

19. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive loss were as follows:

Cash flow hedges

Revenue
Cost of sales
Interest expense
Total before tax
Tax (benefit) provision
Net of tax

Available for sale securities

Financing revenue

Selling, general and administrative expense

Total before tax

Tax (benefit) provision

Net of tax

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans (b)

Transition asset

Prior service costs

Actuarial losses

Settlement

Total before tax

Tax benefit

Net of tax

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Gain (Loss) Reclassified from AOCL (a)

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

$ 

289 
(117) 
(366) 
(194) 
(49) 
(145)  $ 

(161) 
11 
— 
(150) 
(37) 
(113) 

$ 

$ 

(6)  $ 

10,124 

$ 

(7) 

(13) 

(2) 

(11)  $ 

231 

10,355 

2,589 

7,766 

$ 

72 
104 
— 
176 
44 
132 

1,079 

— 

1,079 

270 

809 

— 

$ 

4 

$ 

(337) 

(51,673) 

(551) 

(52,561) 

(12,755) 

(558) 

(43,530) 

(6,424) 

(50,508) 

(11,930) 

6 

(504) 

(34,509) 

(2,778) 

(37,785) 

(9,497) 

$ 

(39,806)  $ 

(38,578) 

$ 

(28,288) 

(a)   Amounts in parentheses indicate reductions to income and increases to other comprehensive income.

(b)   Reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to other components of net pension and postretirement cost. These amounts are included in net periodic 

costs for defined benefit pension plans and postretirement medical benefit plans (see Note 14 for additional details).

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  82

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, were as follows:

Balance at December 31, 2018

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive loss 

Net other comprehensive income

Balance at December 31, 2019

Other comprehensive (loss) income before 

reclassifications

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive loss 

Net other comprehensive (loss) income

Balance at December 31, 2020

Other comprehensive income (loss) before 

reclassifications 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other 

comprehensive loss

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

Cash flow 
hedges

Available-for-
sale securities

Pension and 
postretirement 
benefit plans

Foreign 
currency 
adjustments

Total

$ 

191  $ 
278 

(3,061)  $ 
6,719 

(846,461)  $ 
(845) 

(99,630)  $ 
75,319 

(948,961) 
81,471 

(132) 
146 
337 

(1,861) 

113 
(1,748) 
(1,411) 

5,069 

145 
5,214 

(809) 
5,910 
2,849 

5,319 

(7,766) 
(2,447) 
402 

(6,662) 

11 
(6,651) 

28,288 
27,443 
(819,018) 

— 
75,319 
(24,311) 

27,347 
108,818 
(840,143) 

(70,623) 

37,252 

(29,913) 

38,578 
(32,045) 
(851,063) 

— 
37,252 
12,941 

30,925 
1,012 
(839,131) 

54,618 

(34,168) 

18,857 

39,806 
94,424 

— 
(34,168) 

39,962 
58,819 

Balance at December 31, 2021

$ 

3,803  $ 

(6,249)  $ 

(756,639)  $ 

(21,227)  $ 

(780,312) 

20.  Stock-Based Compensation Plans

We may grant restricted stock units, non-qualified stock options and performance stock units to eligible employees. All stock-based 
awards  are  approved  by  the  Executive  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors.  We  settle  stock  awards  with  treasury 
shares. At December 31, 2021, there were 119,940,056 shares available for future grants.

Restricted Stock Units 
Restricted stock units (RSUs) typically vest ratably over a three-year service period and entitle the holder to shares of common stock 
as the units vest. The following table summarizes information about RSUs:

Outstanding - beginning of the year

Granted

Vested
Forfeited

Outstanding - end of the year

2021

2020

Shares

Weighted 
average fair 
value

6,560,372 

$ 

2,100,126 

(2,504,189) 
(418,016) 
5,738,293 

$ 

6.27 

8.36 

6.72 
6.61 
6.95 

Shares

4,480,847 

$ 

4,123,544 

(1,486,371) 
(557,648) 
6,560,372 

$ 

Weighted 
average fair 
value

9.51 

3.92 

9.65 
5.06 
6.27 

The  fair  value  of  RSUs  is  determined  based  on  the  stock  price  on  the  grant  date  less  the  present  value  of  expected  dividends.  At 
December 31, 2021, there was $9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to RSUs that is expected to be recognized over a 
weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The intrinsic value of RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2021 was $38 million. The fair value 
of  RSUs  vested  during  2021,  2020  and  2019  was  $22  million,  $6  million  and  $8  million,  respectively.  During  2019,  we  granted 
3,113,886 RSUs at a weighted average fair value of $6.56.

In 2021 and 2020, we granted 121,455 and 282,131 RSUs, respectively, to non-employee directors. These RSUs vest one year from 
the grant date. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  83

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

Performance Stock Units
Performance stock units (PSUs) are stock awards where the number of shares ultimately received by the employee is conditional upon 
the attainment of certain performance targets and total shareholder return relative to peer companies. PSUs vest at the end of a three-
year service period and the actual number of shares awarded may range from 0% to 200% of the target award. The final determination 
of the number of shares to be issued is made by the Board of Directors, who may reduce, but not increase, the number of shares to be 
awarded (negative discretion). PSUs are accounted for as variable awards until the end of the service period when the grant date is 
established.

The following table summarizes share information about PSUs:

Outstanding - beginning of the year
Vested

Forfeited
Outstanding - end of the year

2021

2020

Shares

1,730,002 
(287,109) 

(433,802) 
1,009,091 

Weighted 
average fair 
value

$ 

$ 

9.31 
9.33 

9.33 
6.60 

Shares

2,778,362 
(303,460) 

(744,900) 
1,730,002 

$ 

$ 

Weighted 
average fair 
value

10.09 
4.00 

11.57 
9.31 

Share-based compensation expense for PSUs is recognized ratably over the service period based on the number shares expected to be 
awarded  and  the  fair  value  of  an  award.  The  fair  value  of  PSUs  is  determined  using  a  Monte  Carlo  simulation  model.  Due  to  the 
variability of these awards, significant fluctuations in share-based compensation expense for PSUs recognized from one period to the 
next are possible. During 2019, we granted 1,368,182 PSUs at an initial award date fair value of $6.60.

Stock Options
Stock options are granted at an exercise price equal to or greater than the stock price of our common stock on the grant date. Options 
vest ratably over three years and expire ten years from the grant date. At December 31, 2021, there was $2 million of unrecognized 
compensation cost related to stock options that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. The intrinsic 
value of options outstanding at December 31, 2021 was $7 million and the intrinsic value of options exercisable was not significant. 

The following table summarizes information about stock option activity:

Options outstanding - beginning of the year

  12,814,365 

$ 

11.81 

  12,822,684 

$ 

14.08 

2021

2020

Per share 
weighted 
average 
exercise prices

Per share 
weighted 
average exercise 
prices

Shares

Shares

Granted

Exercised

Canceled

Expired

Options outstanding - end of the year

Options exercisable - end of the year

There were no stock option exercises in 2019. 

737,842 

(777,429) 

(604,101) 

(1,050,608) 
  11,120,069 

8,853,859 

$ 

$ 

8.48 

6.11 

11.71 

25.85 
10.65 

11.94 

2,801,982 

(33,501) 

(1,653,126) 

(1,123,674) 
  12,814,365 

7,027,974 

$ 

$ 

3.98 

6.82 

10.09 

22.09 
11.81 

16.76 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  84

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table provides additional information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2021:

Range of per share exercise prices

Shares

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Per share 
weighted-average 
exercise price

Weighted-average 
remaining 
contractual life

Shares

Per share 
weighted-average 
exercise price

Weighted-average 
remaining 
contractual life

$3.98 - $8.76

$12.64 - $16.88
$17.20 - $23.94

5,460,787  $ 

4,857,128  $ 
802,154  $ 
11,120,069  $ 

5.65 

14.40 
21.93 
10.64 

7.7 years

4.5 years
1.2 years
5.8 years

3,194,577  $ 

4,857,128  $ 
802,154  $ 
8,853,859  $ 

5.69 

14.40 
21.93 
11.94 

7.2 years

4.5 years
1.2 years
5.2 years

The fair value of stock options is determined using a Black-Scholes valuation model and requires assumptions be made regarding the 
expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, life of the award and dividend yield. The expected stock price volatility is based 
on historical price changes of our stock. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasuries with a term equal to the expected life of 
the award. The expected life of the award and expected dividend yield are based on historical experience. 

The following table lists the weighted average of assumptions used to calculate the fair value of stock options granted: 

Expected dividend yield

Expected stock price volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life

Weighted-average fair value per option granted

Fair value of options granted

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

2019

 2.4% 

 70.0% 

 1.1% 

7 years

$4.53

$3,342

 5.0% 

 43.0% 

 1.5% 

7 years

$1.01

$2,830

 3.0 %

 41.5 %

 2.5 %

5 years

$1.98

$1,722

Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)
We maintain a non-compensatory ESPP that enables substantially all U.S. and Canadian employees to purchase shares of our common 
stock at an offering price of 95% of the average market price on the offering date. At no time will the exercise price be less than the 
lowest price permitted under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees purchased 182,899 shares and 291,540 shares in 
2021 and 2020, respectively. We have reserved 1,818,727 common shares for future purchase under the ESPP.  

21. Subsequent Event

In February 2022, we closed on the sale and leaseback of our Shelton, Connecticut office building and received net proceeds, after fees 
and  expenses,  of  $51  million  and  will  recognize  a  pre-tax  gain  of  $14  million.  Total  base  lease  payments  under  the  leaseback 
agreement will be approximately $41 million over the ten year lease term. 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  85

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Tabular amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

22. Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

Effective October 1, 2021, we elected to adopt the FIFO inventory valuation methodology where we had previously valued inventory 
on the LIFO basis. Accordingly, amounts previously reported for all quarters of 2020 and the first, second and third quarters of 2021 
have been recast from what was previously reported in our quarterly filings on Form 10-Q and annual filing on Form 10-K. 

First
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Fourth 
Quarter

Total

2021

Revenue

Cost of revenue

Operating expenses

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

(Loss) income from continuing operations

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

Net (loss) income
Basic (loss) earnings per share (1)

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income 

Diluted (loss) earnings per share (1)

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income 

2020

Revenue

Cost of revenues

Operating expenses

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

(Loss) income from continuing operations

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

Net (loss) income 

Basic (loss) earnings per share (1):

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income

Diluted (loss) earnings per share (1):

Continuing operations

Discontinued operations

Net (loss) income 

$  915,197  $  899,203  $  875,449  $  983,712  $ 3,673,561 
  2,551,563 

712,039 

601,582 

610,307 

627,635 

329,209 
(41,647) 
(13,992) 
(27,655) 
(3,886) 
(31,541)  $ 

263,105 
25,791 
4,915 
20,876 
(1,020) 
19,856  $ 

266,897 
6,970 
(1,525) 
8,495 
572 
9,067  $ 

270,202 
1,471 
(320) 
1,791 
(524) 
1,267  $ 

  1,129,413 
(7,415) 
(10,922) 
3,507 
(4,858) 
(1,351) 

(0.16)  $ 

0.12  $ 

0.05  $ 

0.01  $ 

(0.02) 

(0.01) 

— 

— 

(0.18)  $ 

0.11  $ 

0.05  $ 

0.01  $ 

(0.16)  $ 

0.12  $ 

0.05  $ 

0.01  $ 

(0.02) 

(0.01) 

— 

— 

(0.18)  $ 

0.11  $ 

0.05  $ 

0.01  $ 

0.02 

(0.03) 

(0.01) 

0.02 

(0.03) 

(0.01) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

First
Quarter

Second 
Quarter

Third 
Quarter

Fourth 
Quarter

Total

$  796,268  $  837,492  $  891,898  $ 1,028,417  $ 3,554,075 

502,891 

521,954 

(228,577) 

(10,026) 

(218,551) 

565,532 

255,477 

16,483 

16,957 

608,242 

272,380 

11,276 

541 

727,995 

  2,404,660 

282,973 

  1,332,784 

17,449 

(183,369) 

(350) 

7,122 

(474) 

10,735 

17,799 

(190,491) 

10,064 
$  (208,487)  $ 

(3,032) 
(3,506)  $ 

616 
11,351  $ 

10,115 
2,467 
20,266  $  (180,376) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(1.28)  $ 

0.06 
(1.22)  $ 

—  $ 

(0.02) 
(0.02)  $ 

(1.28)  $ 

0.06 
(1.22)  $ 

—  $ 

(0.02) 
(0.02)  $ 

0.06  $ 

— 
0.07  $ 

0.06  $ 

— 
0.06  $ 

0.10  $ 

0.01 
0.12  $ 

0.10  $ 

0.01 
0.11  $ 

(1.11) 

0.06 
(1.05) 

(1.11) 

0.06 
(1.05) 

(1) The sum of earnings per share amounts may not equal the totals due to rounding.

86

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  86

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PITNEY BOWES INC.
SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
(Dollars in thousands)

Description

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset
2021
2020
2019

Balance at 
beginning of year

Additions charged 
to expense

Deductions

Balance at end of 
year

$ 
$ 
$ 

116,543 
110,781 
142,496 

$ 
$ 
$ 

7,490 
23,150 
5,324 

$ 
$ 
$ 

(2,255) 
(17,388) 
(37,039) 

$ 
$ 
$ 

121,778 
116,543 
110,781 

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  87

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

87

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.1

I, Marc B. Lautenbach, certify that:

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this  report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and 
report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2022 

/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach
President and Chief Executive Officer

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  88

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 31.2

I, Ana Maria Chadwick, certify that:

1.  I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pitney Bowes Inc.;

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
necessary  to  make  the  statements  made,  in  light  of  the  circumstances  under  which  such  statements  were  made,  not 
misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in 
all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed 
under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated 
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is 
being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 
designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by 
this  report based on such evaluation; and 

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 
registrant's  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  (the  registrant's  fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has 
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; 
and 

5.  The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial  reporting,  to  the  registrant's  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  registrant's  board  of  directors  (or  persons 
performing the equivalent functions):

a. All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and 
report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2022 

/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick
Ana Maria Chadwick
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  89

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Marc B. Lautenbach, President 
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as 
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results 
of operations of the Company.

/s/ Marc B. Lautenbach
Marc B. Lautenbach
President and Chief Executive Officer

 Date: February 22, 2022 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being 
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing of the Company.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  90

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report of Pitney Bowes Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 
2021  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  "Report"),    I,  Ana  Maria  Chadwick, 
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Company,  certify,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge,  pursuant  to  18 
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)

(2)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended; and

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results
of operations of the Company.

/s/ Ana Maria Chadwick
Ana Maria Chadwick
Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer

 Date: February 22, 2022 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, and is not being 
filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference 
into any filing of the Company.

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  91

March 1, 2022  17:28:32

25702_AR2021 10-K for Annual Report.pdf  92

March 1, 2022  17:31:05

Stockholder Information

World Headquarters
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926 
203.356.5000 
www.pitneybowes.com

Annual Meeting
Stockholders are cordially invited to attend the Virtual Annual 
Meeting at 9:00 a.m., Monday, May 2, 2022, via live webcast. Notice 
of the meeting will be mailed or made available to stockholders  
of record as of March 4, 2022. Please refer to the Proxy Statement 
for information concerning admission to the meeting.

10-K Report
Included in this Annual Report to Stockholders is a copy of our 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 
This Annual Report contains statements that are forward-looking. 
These statements are based on current expectations and 
assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual 
results could differ materially because of factors discussed in the 
Forward-Looking Statements section of the Form 10-K. The 
CEO/CFO certifications required to be filed with the SEC under 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 were filed as 
exhibits to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 
ended December 31, 2021. The CEO certification required to be 
submitted to the NYSE pursuant to Section 303A.12(a) of the 
NYSE Listed Company Manual was submitted on June 2, 2021.

Copies of our Form 10-K are available without charge at  
www.pb.com/investorrelations or upon written request to: 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926

Stock Exchange
Pitney Bowes common stock is traded under the symbol “PBI.”  
The principal market on which it is listed is the New York  
Stock Exchange.

Investor Inquiries
All investor inquiries about Pitney Bowes should be addressed to: 
Investor Relations 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926

Comments concerning the Annual Report  
should be sent to:
Corporate Communications 
Pitney Bowes Inc. 
3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Regular Mail:  Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions 

PO Box 1342 
Brentwood, NY 11717

Overnight Mail: Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions 

ATTN: IWS 
1155 Long Island Avenue 
Edgewood, NY 11717

Email: shareholder@broadridge.com 
Website: https://shareholder.broadridge.com/PBI 
Stockholders may call Broadridge at (800) 648-8170. 

Stockholder Inquiries
To provide or obtain information concerning transfer 
requirements, lost certificates, dividends, changes of address  
and other matters, please call: (800) 648-8170, TDD phone  
service for the hearing impaired (855) 627-5080, for foreign 
holders (720) 414-6868; or write to an address above.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Owners of Pitney Bowes Inc. common stock may purchase 
common stock, $1 par value, with their dividends through the 
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. A prospectus and enrollment card 
may be obtained by calling (800) 648-8170 or (720) 414-6868  
(int’l) or by writing to the agent at an address above.

Direct Deposit of Dividends
For information about direct deposit of dividends, please call  
(800) 648-8170 or (720) 414-6868 (int’l) or write to the agent
at an address above.

Duplicate Mailings
If you receive duplicate mailings because you have more than  
one account listing, you may wish to save your company money  
by consolidating your accounts. Please call (800) 648-8170 or 
(720) 414-6868 (int’l) or write to the agent at an address above.

The materials used in this publication are recyclable.  
The paper is certified to Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) standards. 

Pitney Bowes, the Corporate Logo and other secondary marks are  
trademarks of Pitney Bowes Inc. All other trademarks are the intellectual  
property of their respective owners.

.

d
e
v
r
e
s
e
r
s
t
h
g
i
r
l
l

A

.

c
n

I
s
e
w
o
B
y
e
n
t
i
P
2
2
0
2
–
1
2
0
2
©

k
r
o
Y
w
e
N

,
l

e
u
q
e
S

:

n
g
i
s
e
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

2

0

2

1

3001 Summer Street, Stamford, CT 06926   203.356.5000   www.pitneybowes.com